i 11 mm SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. DISCUSSION MAGNETIC AND METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT THE GIRAED COLLEGE OBSERVATORY, PHILADELPHIA, IN 1840, 1841, 1842, 1843, 1844, AND 1845. PART II. INVESTIGATION OF THE SOLAR DIURNAL VARIATION IN THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION AND ITS ANNUAL INEQUALITY. BY A. D. BACHE, LL. D. [ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, SEPTEMBER, I860.] COLLIKS, PBINTEB. PHILADELPHIA. INVESTIGATION SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION, AND ITS ANNUAL INEQUALITY. HAVING discussed, in Part I, the eleven-year period in the amplitude of the solar-diurnal variation, as well as in the disturbances of the magnetic declination, I now proceed to the analysis of the annual inequality of the solar-diurnal variation. To obviate the difficulty which would occur in cases of months of unusal dis- turbance, if the crude observations were used, the normals or means freed from the disturbances have been employed in the discussion. This mode of proceeding not only obviates the necessity for rejecting the observations of particular months, but brings out the most consistent results which the observations can furnish, for both diurnal and annual variation. It is the course adopted by General Sabine in the third volume of his discussion of the Toronto observations.1 Returning, then, to the hourly normals, they are rearranged in the tables which follow, according to the different months of the year. The normals for 1840 are corrected for the index error by the addition of 93.3 scale divisions. All correc- tions for referring the partial monthly readings to the annual mean are, of course, omitted. 1 Table LXVI, of this volume, exhibits the solar-diurnal variation of the declination after the separa- tion and omission of the larger disturbances ; whereas Table VII, of the preceding volume, similar in form, differs from the latter, being derived from all the observations including the disturbances. AMPLITUDE OF THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR JANUARY.* Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. Valne of one scale division = 0'.453. Increase of scale readings corresponds to a decrease of westerly declination. TEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5b. 6k. 7h. gh. 9h. 10h. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 579.3 564.3 558.6 530.9 d. 558'.2 531.3 d. 577.0 563.8 d. d. 578'.6 565.3 d. d. 576'.9 565.9 d. d. d. d. d. ... 580.7 570.9 ... 581.9 566.4 ... 558*4 531.1 559.2 531.5 558.9 533.0 558.8 531.6 559.7 532.9 561.2 535.2 562.9 535.8 563.3 533.8 559.1 530.2 555.9 526.7 Mean1 558.28 ... 557.57 ... 558.95 ... 558.85 ... 562.57! ... 559.40 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch' L565.25 564.80 564.35 565.62 565.70 564.66 565.47 567.74 569.27 569.51 566.65 561.88 TEAK. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15i>. 16h. 17h. 18». 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 570.0 556.7 552.9 524.2 552.4 525.2 568.8 556.0 555.4 553.2 526.2 570.3 562.9 ... 574.2 563.2 559.2 532.8 578.0 566.1 559.5 533.3 560.9 533.0 580.1 567.8 56o'.8 532.4 559.6 532.0 554.1 528.0 556.3 530.1 556.9 531.8 557.8 532.7 Mean' 550.95 ... 551.92 554.90 ... 556.97 ... 559.22 ... 560.27 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch' 1557.72 557.31 557.55 558.97 561.20 562.41 563.38 564.82 565.90 567.00 567.20 566.35 1 The hours refer to mean local time, reckoned from midnight to 24 hours. * The mean given is the simple mean of the four readings, and at 14h- of five readings, and is here inserted for comparison with the corrected mean in the line below, which would have been obtained if there had been no omis- sions in the observations. ' To obtain the normals referring to January of the mean year, the readings for the defective years 1840 and 1843 have been interpolated in the following manner : 1. For the even hours. — The normals for any two consecutive years differ simply by the annual effect of the secular change, which may be regarded as uniform when the same hours and months are compared, as in the present case. The values derived from the comparison of the several months of any two years differ, however, by the accidental errors of the observations ; thus, taking the difference of the normals for 1840 and 1841, we obtain for the several mouths the values — June July . August 20.5 18.5 September October November 12.7 17.5 December +20'J.0 Mean 16.86 Which mean corresponds exactly to the difference of the constant terms in Part I, for 1840 and 1841. By adding, therefore, 16.9 scale divisions to the normals for 1841, we obtain interpolated values for 1840. The values from January to May, 1840, were thus supplied. The normals for 1843 were supplied in a different manner, by making use of the readings at 2 P. M., which were taken for the purpose of keeping up the continuity of the series. Sub- tracting 0.6 scale division from the hourly readings of 1842, we obtain those for 1843 — this being the difference at 14h- ; in like manner, adding 2.2 scale divisions to the readings of 1844, we obtain a second value for the normals of 1843. The mean of these two independent determinations has been used in supplying the readings for 1843. The normals for 1840 and 1843 being thus supplied, the figures in the last line of the preceding table are obtained by simply taking the mean of the six readings at each even hour. 2. For the odd hours. — The difference in the mean readings for any given odd hour, in 1844 and 1845, from the two adjacent even hours, was applied to the normals of these hours, and the mean taken as the normal of the intermediate odd hour. Thus, the mean reading at noon of 1844 and 1845 is 538.55, at 13h , 538.80, difference +0.25; which, added to the noon normal 557.72, gives 557.97 ; and, in like manner, by comparison with 14h-, the correction to its normal is — 0.90, and the normal for 13h- becomes 556.65. The mean of the two results, 557.31, is the resulting normal for this hour as given in the table. The same principle of interpolation was applied throughout the tables. Due attention must be paid, in the deductions, for the unequal weight of the normals for the even and odd hours ; these weights being generally as 5 : 2, or proportional to the number of separate readings. The application of a nearly constant quantity to refer means from a defective number of years to the mean epoch of all the years, is not of much consequence in regard to the diurnal and annual inequalities, which depend mainly on differences of readings, but it is essential that no changes should have occurred in the zero of the scale during any interval under discussion. OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR FEBRUARY. Observations 19i minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0.'453. TEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 575.0 564.5 559.1 531.6 d. 558.5 531.1 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 573.2 564.3 559.1 531.0 559.2 532.4 575.6 563.8 559.9 532.3 581.1 533.1 577.8 565.2 560.8 534.7 562.1 535.9 582.1 567.8 562.2 535.7 660.7 535.4 579.5 565.5 557.3 633.0 654.5 528.6 Mean 557.55 556.90 ... 557.90 559.62 ... 561.95 558.82 Same refer'd to its mean epoch IMS ss 563.10 563.13 563.90 564.23 565.25 565.93 567.88 568.53 567.97 565.42 561.47 TEAR. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 569.5 558.2 d. d. 566.0 559.9 555.9 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 569.5 558.0 572.4 561.9 557.6 632.4 558.4 531.3 574.4 565.3 ... 575.8 565.5 ... 551.1 524.4 551.1 523.0 553.0 525.3 554.7 556.4 527.5 i 529.7 556.6 530.4 559.9 533.6 559.4 534.4 560.1 532.3 559.0 531.9 Mean 550.80 ... 552.02 553.40 ... 556.07 558.30 558.42 Same refer'd to its mean epoch uftTJS 555.85 557.17 558.30 559.43 560.25 562.13 562.25 564.42 565.02 564.77 564.00 HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR MARCH. Observations 19i minutes later than indicated. One division of •scale = 0'.453. TEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 577.1 564.8 558.0 532.9 d. 559.0 532.7 d. 577'. 6 564.1 559.2 533.7 J- d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 557.9 533.6 580.9 565.4 559.8 535.0 ... 582.9 566.1 586.8 571.8 564.1 538.6 578.9 565.9 560.3 534.5 554.9 529.4 560.2 533.9 561.3 536.0 663.6 538.8 564.8 539.4 Mean 558.20 558.65 560.27 ... 561.58 ... 565.70 ... 559.90 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch Ues.eo 565.72 566.03 565.75 567.82 567.53 569.20 572.11 573.37 571.95 567.32 562.02 TEAR. Noon. 13h. 14l>. 15». 16h. 17*. 18h. 19h. 20h. 2lh. 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 569.4 555.6 550.6 524.8 549.4 522.5 567.7 553.9 557.2 549.6 522.8 55 i. 7 524.8 571.8 556.4 553'.0 527.8 ... 576.4 560.3 ... 577.4 564.5 ... 577.7 564.9 ... 555.2 529.7 556.6 531.6 558.0 533.0 558.4 533.0 558.2 533.8 558.6 533.5 559.7 534.0 Mean 550.10 550.24 ... 552.25 ... 556.22 ... 558.32 ... 558.67 Same refer'd to its mean epoch L557.52 555.75 555.97 557.75 559.63 561.85 563.68 565.31 565.75 566.04 566.08 566.94 AMPLITUDE OF THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR APRIL. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. TEAS. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. d. d. d. d. 582.9 566.1 571.0 557.5 529.8 d. 558.4 531.7 d. 585.6 568.5 574.7 561.7 534.0 d. d. d. d. d. 580.0 563.3 569.7 556.6 529.1 557'.0 528.8 581.9 565.4 570.0 557.2 529.0 556.9 529.2 558.5 535.6 587.6 569.7 576.2 564.4 537.5 56l'.8 535.4 579.4 563.6 566.2 557.1 528.5 552.0 522.5 Hera 559.74 560.70 ... 561.46 ... 564.90 567.08 ... 558.96 Same refer'd to its mean epoch IMS 93 566.42 567.05 567.12 567.85 568.31 571.17 569.90 373.32 570.98 565.18 559.76 TEAR. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 568.8 554.0 557.8 547.4 517.8 d. 545.7 513.9 d. 566.1 552.5 555.7 546.2 514.0 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 547'. 6 517.2 571.7 555.1 562.6 549.6 521.5 553.4 525.8 576.9 560.6 564.8 553.4 527.8 553.8 527.9 578.0 561.3 568.5 556.2 528.1 555.1 528.5 579.1 563.0 568.7 555.7 528.0 559.3 529.4 Mean 549.16 546.90 552.10 556.70 ... 558.42 558.90 Same refer'd to its mean epoch 155525 552.54 552.92 555.13 558.18 562.05 562.88 563.16 564.50 564.59 565.08 567.50 HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR MAY. Observations K)J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. TEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. |k. 6h. 7h- 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 579.1 5d3.3 567.0 548.4 529.9 d. 548'.7 531.3 d. 579.8 564.3 567.3 547.8 529.7 d. 547.0 531.7 d. 581.9 566.0 569.6 549.3 533.2 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 552.5 536.3 587.4 571.2 574.6 555.8 539.3 556.8 541.9 589.1 569.5 575.6 555.1 540.7 552.3 536.0 578.6 560.0 565.7 546.7 528.0 542.2 522.6 Mean 557.54 557.78 ... 560.00 565.66 566.00 ... 555.80 Samer fer'd to its mean epoch Ussgs 565.16 564.27 564.72 566.47 569.28 572.10 574.01 572.67 569.07 562.42 557.72 TEAR. Noon. 13». 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h- 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1S43 1844 1845 d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. 547.8 530.3 569.4 552.6 556.0 538.3 517.1 535.8 516.8 567.9 552.3 556.2 536.5 518.9 I88.J 522.1 573.6 557.7 562.2 542.1 526.7 545.1 529.3 577.4 560.8 566.4 545.2 529.6 546.5 530.4 578.5 561.8 566.9 546.3 529.7 547.3 530.3 580.1 562.3 567.3 547.3 530.5 Mean j 546.68 546.36 552.46 ... 555.88 556.64 557.50 Same refer'd ] to its mean s-553.28 epoch 551.62 552.77 555.23 558.80 561.94 562.28 563.44 563.10 563.94 564.09 564.04 OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR JUNE. Observations 19j minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. YEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8i>. 9h. 10h. 111". 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 587.7 571.7 564.6 566.0 548.7 531.5 d. 549.0 531.7 d. 588.3 572.2 563.7 565.6 549.3 531.6 d. 549.1 532.0 d. 590.8 574.7 567.2 568.4 551.6 534.8 d. 553.9 537.9 d. 597.3 583.3 573.7 574.1 557.6 541.9 d. 559.1 543.5 d. 596.0 582.6 573.0 573.9 558.2 542.5 d. 554.3 538.6 d. 587.1 571.1 565.2 564.8 547.9 532.2 d. 541.8 524.9 Mean 561.70 561.78 564.58 571.32 ... 571.03 561.38 Same refer'd to its mean epoch }- 561.81 ... 561.91 ... 567.38 ... 572.42 ... 567.46 555.22 YEAR. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20k 21k- 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 578.8 561.6 555.1 556.4 537.4 521.3 d. 535.0 519.6 d. 576.7 560.3 552.5 556 0 537.3 520.0 d. 540.0 522.1 d. 581.2 565.0 558.3 561.1 542.4 525.4 d. 545.2 528.9 d. 586.1 570.1 561.8 564.3 545.6 530.3 d. 546.2 530.7 d. 585.8 570.9 563.7 564.0 546.5 530.1 d. 546.8 530.7 d. 586.9 570.8 f-64.1 565.6 548.0 530.3 d. 548.5 531.4 Mean 551.77 550.47 ... 555.57 ... 559.70 ... 560.17 ... 560.95 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch }- 549.42 ... 552.80 558.76 560.26 ... 560.58 ... 561.65 HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR JULY. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. YEAR. Oh. ]h. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. gh. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 590.6 569.9 566.0 566.9 549.0 d. 550.5 d 590.5 568.5 566.0 565.9 548.4 d. 549.4 d. 592.2 571.6 568.4 568.2 551.0 d. 554.3 d. 598.0 578.4 576.6 574.2 556.9 d. 559.8 d. 598.8 581.2 576.4 574.6 558.6 d. 554.8 d. 588.7 571.8 565.8 564.5 548.0 d. 540.8 Mean 568.48 567.86 570.28 576.82 ... 577.92 567.76 Same refer'd to its mean epoch Uei.77 563.26 561.15 562.07 563.60 567.16 570.02 572.67 571.23 567.61 561.00 535.47 » YEAR. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16l>- 17*. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h- 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1841 1845 d. 577.8 558.9 550.3 555.1 538.3 d. 535.5 d. 577.3 557.3 553.8 554.1 536.3 d. 53&'.8 d. 582.0 562.3 558.5 559.5 541.9 d. 544'. 5 d. 586.6 567.2 562.4 563.6 545.8 d. 546.2 d. 588.8 568.8 564.2 563.8 546.6 d. 547'.4 d. 589.6 568.6 567.1 565.6 5J8.8 d. 549.3 Mean 557.28 555.76 560.84 565.12 566.44 567.94 Same refer'd "I to its mean j-550 65 epoch 548.05 549.05 551.33 554.22 556.98 1 558.43 t 559.05 559.67 560.18 561.28 561.97 AMPLITUDE OF THE S OL A Il-DI U II N A L VARIATION HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR AUGUST. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. YEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3t>. 4h. M 6l>. 7h. 8h. 9h. iou. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 588.6 568.4 564.8 564.2 548.6 d. 547'. 8 d. 589.0 570.3 566.0 564.5 547.3 d. 547.4 d. 592.1 571.6 568.5 267.2 550.9 d. 552'.4 d. 599.7 580.1 573.7 573.5 557.5 d. 560.3 d. 602.4 583.9 575.0 572.7 558.2 d. ss'i'.s 582'.7 568.9 560.0 560.5 543.3 d. 536.4 Mean 566.92 567.42 ... 570.06 576.90 578.44 563.08 Same refer'd to its mean epoch 1560.40 559.85 560.60 560.80 563.40 565.00 570.20 573.35 571.60 565.01 556.32 549.14 YEAR. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16''. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20t. 21h. 22'i. 23ii. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 573.8 558.3 552.3 555.1 531.8 a. 532.0 d. 575.2 556.9 553.7 554.6 534.3 d. 538'. 7 d. 581.5 564.0 561.5 561.2 542.1 d. 544.3 d. 586.5 566.8 562.2 563.6 546.0 d. 546.5 d. 588.2 568.6 564.1 562.3 546.7 d. 546.6 a, 589.4 568.9 564.5 564.2 547.8 d. 547.7 Mean 554.26 - 554.94 562.06 ... 565.02 ... 565.98 ... 566.96 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch 1547 05 546.49 548.03 552.15 555.27 557.12 558.38 558.99 559.30 559.15 560.30 559.85 HOURLY DECLINATION NORMALS FOR SEPTEMBER. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. YEAR. Oh lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. |k. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 585.8 565.1 567.4 5B0.4 543.3 d. 543.1 d 588.5 564.5 567.8 560.4 544.1 d. 546.0 d. 590.2 565.5 570.0 560.3 546.5 d. 547.1 d. 596.5 569.4 576.8 565.7 550.0 d. 552'.9 d. 595.8 571.1 574.9 566.6 552.4 d. 545.8 d. 584.1 564.1 561.2 554.6 538.3 d. 532.5 Mean 564.40 565.06 ... 566.50 ... 571.68 ... 572.16 ... 660.46 Same refer'd to its mean epoch L557 42 557.16 558.10 559.60 559.70 561.00 564.60 566.70 565.40 559.80 553.30 547.47 YEAR. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15>i. 16h- 17h. 18i>. 19''. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23i». 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 570.6 553.6 556.0 547.5 529.3 d. 530.0 d. 572.8 554.5 555.4 550.5 534.1 d. 538.3 d. 581.7 559.5 562.0 556.8 539.4 d. 541.9 d. 58:3.2 562.9 565.7 558.0 542.4 d. 541.9 d. 586.6 563.8 566.7 560.0 543.0 • d. 544-. 6 d. 585.9 564.0 566.6 558.7 543.7 d. 543'. 3 Mean 551.40 ... 553.46 559.88 562.44 ... 564.02 563.78 Same refer'd to its mean epoch [544.25 543.81 546.77 551.44 553.00 555.31 555.63 556.04 557.05 558.26 556.97 557.00 OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR OCTOBER. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. TEAR. Oh- lh. 2h. 3i>- 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9". lOti. Hh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 585.8 566.8 563.1 559.6 545.1 d. 560.2 545.3 d. 583.7 566.3 563.1 559.6 544.2 d. 559.1 546.1 d. 584.4 565.5 564.4 559.9 545.8 d. 560.6 544.4 d. 582.4 567.6 566.0 562.1 548.6 d. 565.1 550.9 d. 582.5 569.4 568.8 566.0 551.5 d. 565.0 548.7 d. 577.4 568.2 564.0 560.8 545.3 d. 556.5 540.8 Mean 564.08 ... 563.38 564.00 ... 565.34 567.64 563.14 ... Samerefer'd to its mean epoch 155745 557.71 556.72 557.33 557.50 556.67 559.08 561.23 561.48 560.04 556.70 552.36 TEAR. Noon. 13h- 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18h- 19h. 20h. 2lh. 22h. 23h. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 571.7 564.0 556.0 553.6 541.1 d. 552.6 539.5 d. 570.6 562.3 555.0 552.7 541.4 d. 554'. 2 544.0 d. 575.2 564.7 558.2 556.2 545.7 d. 557.0 545.4 d. 579.6 573.5 564.3 558.2 545.6 d. 559.7 545.0 d. 579.0 568.6 565.0 560.1 544.9 d. 561.1 544.6 d. 586.4 569.3 565.3 559.7 544.5 d. 560.7 544.6 ... ... Mean 557.28 ... 556.40 ... 560.00 ... 564.24 ... 563.56 ... 565.04 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch L551.12 549.62 550.43 552.39 554.15 555.68 557.67 557.47 556.98 558.12 558.15 558.22 HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR NOVEMBER. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. YEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7"- 8h. 9h. 10h. lib. 1840 1841 .1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 574.4 557.2 564.2 556.3 546.8 d. 556.7 546.8 573.9 558.5 563.8 556.6 548.3 d. 556.6 548.6 576'.2 558.5 565.6 557.4 547.4 d. 557.4 548.5 d. 577.0 557.6 566.9 559.1 551.5 d. sei.s 549.2 d. 579.7 561.7 569.2 561.3 548.4 d. 560.1 547.9 d. 575.0 557.1 563.3 556.2 546.2 d. 552.6 542.8 Mean 559.78 ... 560.22 ... 561.02 ... 562.42 564.06 ... 559.56 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch L554.15 554.21 554.77 555.20 555.28 555.30 557.13 557.98 557.98 556.90 553.87 550.00 TEAK. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h- 16h. 17h. 18i». 19t>. 2Qh. 21h. 22h. 23k. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 567.5 551.8 556.6 550.4 542.8 3. 550.0 541.7 d. 565.8 549.9 557.3 551.1 544.5 d. 552.6 546.1 d. 570.8 553.4 561.2 553.8 545.6 d. 554.9 547.9 d. 574.1 554.9 564.0 556.3 548.8 d. fl57'.5 548.2 d. 576.9 558.0 565.5 557.5 548.3 d. 557'. 7 549.6 d. 576.0 558.6 565.0 557.3 548.0 d. 557.4 548.0 Mean 553.82 ... 553.72 ... 556.96 ... 559.'62 561.24 ... 560.98 Samerefer'd to its mean epoch 1.548.52 547.32 548.72 550.76 551.60 553.25 554.35 555.26 555.62 556.36 555.35 555.35 8 AMPLITUDE OF THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION HOURLY DECLINATION. NORMALS FOR DECEMBER. Observations 19J minutes later than indicated. One division of scale = 0'.453. YEAR. Oh- lh. £h. gb. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. gh. »k. 10h. Hh. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 571.2 560.1 561.7 559.0 536.1 d. 558'.! 535.8 d. 568.5 559.3 560.7 557.4 535.4 d. 558.2 535.9 d. 573.1 560.5 562.1 557.8 536.8 d. 558.8 537.3 d. 572.8 559.6 562.7 560.0 537.2 d. 560.8 536.8 d. 573.8 560.1 565.5 561.2 537.9 d. 561.9 539.3 d. 573.9 558.1 564.2 559.9 536.1 d. 556.7 532.9 Mean 557.62 556.26 ... 558.06 ... 558.46 ... 559.70 ... 558.44 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch 1550 57 549.92 549.32 550.38 551.05 551.35 551.45 551.75 552.60 553.75 551.25 547.78 TEAK. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15k. 16t. 17h. 18k- 191-. 20h. 2lh. 22h. 23i>. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. 564.0 552.9 556.6 552.9 530.6 d. 551.4 529.3 564^9 551.7 556.2 550.9 529.4 d. 553.1 532.1 d. 566.0 555.8 560.1 554.6 533.2 d. 557.5 534.8 d. 571.8 559.6 562.0 558.2 535.9 d. 558.9 537.0 d. 572.3 563.3 563.5 559.6 536.8 d. 560.0 537.4 d. 574.5 561.6 563.8 559.9 537.8 d. 559.5 537.1 Mean 551.40 ... 550.62 ... 553.94 557.50 ... 559.10 ... 559.52 ... Same refer'd to its mean epoch L544.47 543.45 543.62 546.35 547.02 549.40 550.43 551.50 551.92 552.35 552.43 551.60 The following table contains the recapitulation of the monthly normals for each hour of the day, and for the mean epoch 1842 to 1843, and forms the basis for the discussion of the diurnal variation and its annual inequality. The table exhibits at one view the mean hourly readings for each month, unaffected by the larger dis- turbances. OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. RECAPITULATION. — MONTHLY DECLINATION- NORMALS FOR EACH HOUR OF THE DAY, AND FOR THE MEAN EPOCH 1842-43. Increasing scale divisions denote an easterly movement of the north end of the magnet. The readings belong to an hour 19J minutes later than indicated by the figures at the head of the columns. Value of a scale division = 0'.453. Readings derived from five years of observation between 1840 and 1845. PHILADELPHIA MEAN TIME. MEAN EPOCH J842-13. Oh. lh. 2h. 3i. 4h. 5h. 61- 7h. 8*- 9h- 10t>- Hh. d. d. A d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January 565.25 564.80 564. 35 565.62 565.70 564.66 565.47 567.74 569.27 569.51 566.65 561.88 February 563.88 563.10 563. 13 563.90 564.23 565.25 565.93 567.88 568.53 567.97 565.42 561.47 March 565.60 . 565.72 566. C3 565.75 567.82 567.53 569.20 572.11 573.37 571.95 567.32 562.02 April 565.93 566.42 567. OS 567.12 567.85 568.31 571.17- 569.90 573.32 570.98 565.18 559.76 May 563.95 565.16 564. •11 564.72 566.47 569.28 572.10 574.01 572.67 569.07 562.42 557.72 June 561.70 561.81 561. 78 561.91 564.58 567.38 571.32 572.42 571.03 567.46 561.38 555.22 July 561.77 : 563.26 561. 15 562.07 563.60 567.16 570.02 572.67 571.23 567.61 561.00 553.47 August 560.40 559.85 560. 60 560.80 563.40 565.00 570.20 573.35 571.60 565.01 556.32 549.14 September 557.42 557.16 558. 10 559.60 559.70 561.00 564.60 566.70 565.40 559.HO 553.30 547.47 October 557.45 557.71 556. 7:2 557.33 557.50 556.67 559.08 561.23 561.48 560.04 556.70 552.36 November 554.15 554.21 454. 77 555.20 555.28 555.30 557.13 557.98 557.98 556.90 553.87 550.00 December 550.57 549.92 549. 32 550.38 551.05 551.35 551.45 551.75 552.60 553.75 551.25 547.78 JlEAS EPOCH 1842-43. Noon. 131'. 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18*. 19h. 20t>- 21h. 22h. 23h. Mean. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d January 557.72 557.31 557.55 558.97 561.20 562.41 563.38 564.82 565.90 567.00 567.20 566.35 564.20 February 557.33 555.85 557.17 558.30 559.43 560.25 562.13 562.25 564.42 565.02 564.77 564.00 562.98 March 557.52 555.75 555.97 557.75 559.63 561.85 563.68 565.31 565.75 566.04 566.08 566.94 564.86 April 555.25 552.54 552.92 555.13 558.18 562.05 562.88 563.16 564.50 564.59 565.08 567.50 564.03 May 553.28 551.62 552.77 555.23 558.80 561.94 562.28 563.44 563.10 563.94 564.09 564.04 563.18 June 551.77 549.42 550.47 552.80 555.57 558.76 559.70 560.26 560.17 560.58 560.95 561.65 560.84 July 550.65 548.05 549.05 551.33 554.22 556.98 558.43 559.05 559.67 560.18 561.28 561.97 560.24 August 547.05 546.49 548.03 552.15 555.27 557.12 558.38 558.99 559.30 559.15 560.30 i 559.85 559.07 September 544.25 543.81 546.77 551.44 553.00 555.31 555.63 556.04 557.05 558.26 1-556.97 ' 557.00 556.07 October 551.12 549.62 550.43 552.39 554.15 555.68 557.67 557.47 556.98 558.12 558.15 558.22 556.43 November 548.52;547.32 548.72 550.76 551.60 553.25 554.35 555.26 555.62 556.36 555.35 555.35 553.97 December 544.47 543.45 543.62 546.35 547.02 549.40 550.43 551.50 551.92 552.35 552.43 551.60 549.82 Mean 559.64 This table shows plainly the relation of the mean hourly position of the magnet of each month to its general mean position, after the separation of the larger dis- turbances, and also, by running the eye along any horizontal line, the solar-diurnal variation for each month. It does not, however, show distinctly the annual in- equality, on account of the changes in the numbers by the secular change. To eliminate the effect of this change, each hourly normal has been compared, in the following table, with the corresponding mean monthly value, as given in the last right-hand column ; the sign + indicating a westerly direction, and — an easterly direction,1 of the- north end of the magnet from the mean monthly position. The scale divisions have been converted into minutes of arc. 1 The sign -f being generally taken to signify west declination, it has been retained to indicate a movement of the north end of the magnet to the west. 10 AMPLITUDE OF THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION TABLE OF THE SOLAR DIURNAL VARIATION or THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION FOR EACH MONTH OF THE YEAR, SHOWING THE ANNUAL INEQUALITY. Observations 19} minutes later than indicated in the headings. PHILADELPHIA MEAN TIME. MKAK EPOCH 1842-43. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h- 6h. 7V gk. 9h. 10*- llh. January — 0'.47 — 0'.27 — 0'.07 — 0'.64 — 0'.68 — 0'.21 — 0'.57 — I'.ei — 2'.29 — 2'.40 — I'.ll +1'.06 February —0.41 —0.06 —0.07 —0.42 —0.56 —1.03 —1.34 —2.22 —2.51 —2.26 —1.11 +0.68 March —0.34 —0.39 —0.53 —0.40 —1.35 —1.21 —1.97 —3.28 —3.85 —3.21 —1.12 +1.29 April —0.86 —1.09 —1.37 —1.40 —1.73 —1.94 —3.24 —2.65 —4.21 —3.15 —0.50 +1.93 May —0.35 —0.90 —0.49 —0.70 —1.49 -2.77 —4.04 —4.90 —4.30 —2.66 +0.35 +2.47 June —0.39 —0.44 —0.43 —0.48 —1.70 —2.97 —4.75 —5.25 —4.62 —3.00 —0.25 +2.54 July —0.68 —1.37 —0.41 —0.82 —1.53 —3.18 —4.44 —5.63 —4.98 —3.34 —0.35 +3.07 August —0.60 —0.36 —0.69 —0.78 —1.96 —2.68 —5.03 —6.47 —5.68 —2.69 +1.25 +4.50 September —0.61 —0.49 —0.92 —1.60 —1.64 —2.23 —3.86 —4.81 —4.23 —1.69 +1.26 +3.89 October —0.46 —0.58 —0.13 —0.41 —0.48 —0.10 —1.20 —2.17 —2.28 —1.63 —0.12 +1.84 November —0.09 —0.11 —0.36 —0.55 —0.59 —0.60 —1.44 —1.81 —1.81 —1.33 +0.05 +1.80 December —0.34 —0.05 +0.23 —0.26 —0.55 —0.69 —0.73 —0.87 —1.27 —1.78 —0.64 +0.93 Summer —0.58 —0.78 —0.72 —0.96 —1.68 —2.63 —4.23 —4.95 —4.67 —2.76 +0.29 +3.07 Winter —0.35 —0.24 —0.16 —0.45 —0.70 —0.64 —1.22 —1.99 —2.33 —2.10 —0.67 +1.27 Year —0.47 —0.51 —0.44 —0.71 —1.19 —1.64 —2.72 —3.47 —3.50 —2.43 —0.19 +2.17 MEAW EPOCH 1812-43. Noon. 13h. 14h. 15h- 161". 17h. 18k. 19ii. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23t>- January +2'.94 +3'.12 +3'.01 +2'.36 + 1'.36 +0'.81 +0'.37 — 0'.28 — 0'.77 — 1'.27 — 1'.36 — 0'.98 February +2.55 +3.23 +2.62 +2.12 +1.61 +1.24 +0.38 +0.33 —0.65 —0.93 —0.81 —0.46 March +3.33 +4.13 +3.02 +3.22 +2.36 +1.36 +0.53 —0.20 —0.40 —0.54 —0.55 —0.95 April +3.98 +5.20 +5.02 +4.03 +2.64 +0.90 +0.52 +0.39 —0.21 —0.26 —0.47 —1.57 May +4.49 +5.24 +4.71 +3.60 +1.99 +0.56 +0.41 —0.12 +0.04 —0.35 —0.41 —0.39 June +4.11 +5.16 +4.70 +3.64 +2.38 +0.95 +0.51 +0.27 +0.30 +0.12 —0.05 —0.36 July +4.35 +5.53 +5.07 +4.03 +2.73 +1.47 +0.81 +0.53 +0.26 +0.03 —0.47 —0.78 August -5.45 +5.71 +5.00 +3.14 +1.72 +0.88 +0.32 +0.04 —0.10 —0.04 —0.56 —0.36 September -5.35 +5.56 +4.17 +2.09 + 1.39 +0.35 +0.20 +0.01 —0.45 —1.00 —0.41 —0.42 October -2.40 +8.08 +2.72 +1.83 + 1.04 +0.35 —0.56 —0.47 —0.25 —0.76 —0.78 —0.81 November -2.46 +3.01 +2.37 +1.45 +1.08 +0.33 —0.18 —0.59 —0.74 —1.09 —0.63 —0.63 December +2.42 +2.89 +2.81 +1.57 +1.27 +0.19 —0.27 —0.76 —0.96 —1.15 —1.18 —0.81 Summer +4.62 +5.40 +4.78 ! +3.42 +2.14 +0.85 +0.46 +0.19 —0.03 —0.25 —0.40 —0.65 Winter +2.68 +3.24 +2.76 +2.09 +1.46 +0.71 +0.05 —0.33 —0.63 —0.95 —0.88 —0.77 Year +3.65 +4.32 +3.77 +2.76 +1.80 +0.78 +0.25 —0.07 —0.33 —0.60 —0.64 —0.71 The distinctive features of the above table are next to be considered analytically as well as graphically. The inequality in the diurnal variation is most conspicuous when the tabular numbers in the horizontal lines for the months of February and August are compared. The annual variation appears plainest by carrying the eye over the vertical column at the hours 6 or 7 A. M. The annual variation depends on the earth's position in its orbit ; the diurnal variation being subject to an in- equality depending on the sun's declination. The diurnal range is greater when the sun has north declination, and smaller when south declination ; the pheno- menon passing from one state to the other about the time of the equinoxes. To show the diurnal variation at these periods, the summer and winter means, as well as the annual means, were tabulated. The months from April to September (in- clusive) comprise the summer period, and from October to March (inclusive) the winter period. The first diagram (A) shows this variation, and contains the type curves for these half yearly periods. We find for the summer months a diurnal range of nearly lOi minutes, and for the winter months of but 5i minutes. These and other curves will be further analyzed hereafter. OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 11 (A). — MEAN SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OP THE DECLINATION POB SUMMER, WINTER, AND THE WHOLE YEAH. West /v JJ/ — j • i i i i • i -A ' ii 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 -i — i — r ** Normal fine of in, a -r £/// w II [the declination. East Oh- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 N'n 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 42t>. Philadelphia mean time. The second diagram (B) exhibits the same phenomenon in a different way ; the yearly curve of the first diagram being straightened out and forming the axis of the second diagram, which thus shows the deviations from the annual mean value for the two seasons when the sun has north and south declination. The ordinates are obtained by subtracting the annual mean from either the summer or winter mean in the preceding table. This diagram exhibits, in quite a characteristic manner, the course of the annual variation at the different hours of the day, at (B). — SEMI-ANNUAL IBREOULABITIES OP THE SOLAB-DIUKNAL VARIATION OF THE DECLINATION. a West - ^ - : < r\ • 1 1 \ /— ' \ 4 / \ i \ : 4Jy \ 1 \ . mear/n. \ f/Mrtial varA ffo\/'~ "v- N v J /X-- — -*w.-^'" - \ !/ V. \ / - 1 \ // S itw£./ - East i,ii , , , , r f i i 1 1 1 1 Philadelphia mean time. 12 AMPLITUDE OF THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION the season for which the diagram is constructed. Thus, at the hour of 6 or 7 in the morning, the annual variation is a maximum, disappearing at a quarter before 10 A. M., and reaching a second (secondary) maximum value at 1 P. M. It almost disappears soon after 5 P. M., and a third still smaller maximum is reached after 9 P. M. Half an hour before midnight, the annual variation again disap- pears. At (and before and after) the principal maximum, between 6 and 7 in the morning, the annual variation causes the north end of the magnet to be deflected to the east in summer and to the west in winter; at 1 P. M., the deflections are to the west in summer and to the east in winter. The range of the diurnal motion is thus increased in summer and diminished in winter ; the magnet being deflected in summer more to the east in the morning hours, and more to the west in the afternoon hours, or having greater elongations than it would have if the sun moved in the equator. In winter, the converse is the case. The range of the annual variation from summer to winter is about 3'.0, and its daily range about 2'.6 at Philadelphia. (C). — COMPARATIVE DIAGRAM OF THE SEMI-ANNUAL DEFLECTION OF THE SOLAK-DIURNAL VARIATION. 9 Noon 15 Mean local time. 21 24h. Oh. 9 Noon 15 Mean local time. 18 21 24t. The next diagram (C) has been projected in order to illustrate the semi-annual inequality of the diurnal variation at four principal magnetic stations.1 The general features of the Philadelphia curve most nearly resemble those exhibited in the St. Helena curve ; and, relatively, the Toronto and Hobarton curves appear to represent rather extreme than normal shapes. The Philadelphia and St. Helena 1 The annual variation of the diurnal motion has been made the subject of a particular discussion by General Sabine, in papers presented to the British Association and the Royal Society. See Reports of the British Association, 1854, pp. 355-368, and Transactions of Royal Society, May 18, 1854, pp. 67-82; also, article XXVIII, Philosophical Transactions, 1851. OF THE MAGNETIC D INCLINATION. 13 curves have another feature in common : the amplitude at its maximum value, shortly after 6 A. M., is less than the amplitude at Toronto and Hobarton ; and, upon the whole, the Philadelphia type confirms the idea that all forms partake of the same general character, more or less affected by incidental irregularities. In reference to the annual variation, General Sabine, in the "rectifications and additions" to the last volume of Hurnboldt's Cosmos, expresses himself as follows: "Thus, in each hemisphere, the semi-annual deflections concur with those of the mean annual variation for half the year, and consequently augment them, and oppose and diminish them in the other half. At the magnetic equator, there is no mean diurnal variation, but in each half year the alternate phases of the sun's annual in- equality constitutes a diurnal variation, of which the range in each day is about 3' or 4', taking place every day in the year except about the equinoxes ; the march of this diurnal variation being from east in the forenoon to west in the afternoon, when the sun has north declination, and the reverse when south declination." According to the same authority, the annual variation is the same in both hemi- spheres, the north end of the 'magnet being deflected to the east in the forenoon, the sun having north declination; when in the diurnal variation, the north end of the magnet at that time of the day is deflected to the east in the northern hemi- sphere and to the west in the southern hemisphere. In other words, in regard to direction, the law of the annual variation is the same, and that of the diurnal variation the opposite, in passing from the northern to the southern magnetic hemisphere. I next proceed to consider more in detail the annual variation at the hours of 6 and 7 in the morning and of 1 and 2 in the afternoon, these being the hours of the principal and secondary maxima respectively. By subtracting the annual mean from each monthly value at the respective hours, we obtain from the preced- ing general table the following columns : — ANNUAL VARIATION AT THE HOURS OF THE PRINCIPAL AND SECONDARY MAXIMA OF RANGE. ' 1 indicates j ™^ 1 deflection from the mean annual position. 6h. A. M. 7h- A. M. Mean. lh- P. M. 2h. p. M. Mean. +2'.15 +1.38 +0.75 —0.52 —1.32 —2.03 —1.72 —2.31 —1.14 +1.52 +1.28 +1.99 +1'.86 +1.25 +0.19 +0.82 —1.43 —1.78 —2.16 —3.00 —1.34 +1.30 +1.66 +2.60 +2'.01 +1.31 +0.47 +0.15 —1.38 —1.90 —1.94 —2.66 —1.24 +1.41 +1.47 +2.30 — 1'.20 —1.09 —0.19 +0.88 +0.92 +0.84 +1.21 +1.39 +1.24 —1.24 —1.31 —1.43 -0'.76 —1.15 —0.75 +1.25 +0.94 +0.93 +1.30 +1.23 + 0.40 —1.05 —1.40 —0.96 — 0'.98 —1.12 —0.47 +1.06 +0.93 +0.89 +1.25 +1.31 +0.82 —1.14 —1.35 —1.20 May July Maximum range at the above hours, 5'.0 ; the easterly deflection being greater by 0'.4 than the westft-ly. Range at the hours 1 and 2 P. M., 2'. 7 ; the eastern and western deflections being equal. A general inspection of the above columns containing the mean values shows that, approximately, the solstices are the turning epochs of this annual variation, 14 AMPLITUDE OF THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION the signs changing at the time of the equinoxes. To ascertain how nearly this is true, and in order to obtain a more precise expression, the means of the two columns (after changing the signs in the second) for each month respectively, were put into an analytical form, using Bessel's well-known formula for periodic functions — Aa = +l'.78 sin (e + 90°) + 0'.32 sin (29 + 180°) ; or, Aa = -f 1'.78 cos e — 0'.32 sin 29 ; the angle 6 counting from January 1st. The maximum values will occur on the first of January and the first of July; and the transition from a positive to a negative value, and the reverse, will take place on the first of April and the first of October, the equation 1.78 cos 6 = 0.32 sin 2 S, being only satisfied for 0 = 90° and 270°. That the angles <7, and Ca should be exactly 90° and 180° is remarkable. The monthly values are satisfied as follows : — Middle of By observation. By calculation. January + 1'.50 + 1'.56 February +1.22 +0.94 March +0.47 +0.30 April —0.46 —0.30 May . . . . . . . . —1.16 —0.94 June —1.40 —1.56 July —1.59 —1.56 August — 2.00 — 0.94 September — 1.03 — 0.30 October +1.28 +0.30 November +1.41 +0.94 December +1.76 +1.56 The regular progression of the monthly values is a feature of the annual varia- tion deserving particular notice. There is no sudden transition from the positive to the negative side, or vice versd, at or near the time of the equinoxes (certainly not at the vernal equinox) ; on the contrary, the annual variation seems to be regular in its progressive changes. The method here pursued is entirely different from that employed by General Sabine for the same end, but the results are, never- theless, in close accordance. He remarks (in the British Association report above cited): "When a mean is taken corresponding to the 10th or llth day after the equinox, the transition from the character of the preceding six months has already commenced and advanced very far towards its completion, and, by the middle of October, is quite complete; apparently, the progress of the change is somewhat more tardy in the March than in the September equinox." From the above an- alysis, we have found that the transition took place ten days after either equinox, and also that the turning points occur ten days after the solstices. For the more precise determination of the law of the phenomenon, and in order to render the results of similar investigations comparable with one another, the regular solar-diurnal variation is now to be expressed as a function of the time. The pre- ceding tabular values, given in minutes of arc, when treated as required by Bessel's1 periodic function, furnish the following expressions for each month of the year: — 1 For another development of the formula, see Rev. Dr. H. Lloyd, " On the Mean Results of Obser- vations," Transactions Royal Irish Academy, 1848, Vol. XXII, Part I. Dublin, 1849. OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 15 For January, Ad = + 1'.423 sin (15 n + 225° 09') + 1'.491 sin (30 n + 16° 38') + 0'.579 sin (45 n + 220° 23') + 0'.548 sin (60 n + 53° . . ) For February, A + l'.126sin(45n + 261° 14') + 0'.414 sin (60n + 115° .. ) For October, Ad = +1'.271 sin (15 n + 226° 29') + 1'.325 sin (30 n + 33° 12') + 0'.727 sin (45 n + 230° 52') + OM50 sin (60 n -f 47° . . ) For November, Ad = +1'.259 sin (15 n -f 229° 06') + 1'.257 sin (30 n + 39° 15') + 0'.390 sin (45 n + 236° 30') + 0'.242 sin (60 n + 87° . . ) For December, Ad = + 1'.212 sin (15 n + 231° 46') + 1'.321 sin (30 n -f 23° 34') + 0'.367 sin (45 n + 205° 46') + 0'.418 sin (60 n + 32° . . ) In like manner, we obtain for the summer half-year (from April to September inclusive), for the winter half-year (from October to March inclusive), and for the whole year, the following expressions for the diurnal variation : — For summer half-year, Ad = +2'.936 sin (15 n -f 210° 36') + 2'.404 sin (30 n + 46° 07') + 1'.031 sin (45 n + 253° 37') -f OM78 sin (60 n + 132° 20') For winter half-year, Ad = +1'.420 sin (15 n + 220° 41') + 1'.399 sin (30 n + 26° 39') ' + 0'.520 sin (45 n + 227° 26') + 0'.310 sin (60 n + 61° 17') For the whole year,1 Ad = +2'. 167 sin (15 n + 213° 55') + 1'.875 sin (30 n + 38° 52') -f 0'.759 sin (45 n + 244° 40') + 0'.198 sin (60 n + 83° 05') 1 For the purpose of showing the correspondence when the above equation is deduced independently, from the observations at the even and odd hours, I add here the values for the two cases: — From even hours, Ad = +2'.170 sin (15 n + 213° 27') + K888 sin (30 n + 38° 59') +0'.729 sm (45 n + 244° 57') + 0'.183 sin (60 n + 83° 26') From odd hours, Ad = +2M59 sin (15 n + 215° 19') + 1'.835 sin (30 n -f 38° 31') +0'.848 sin (45 n + 243° 49') + 0'.242 sm (60 n + 82° 01') The relative weights of the results by the even hours and the odd hours are as 3 : 1. If, for the purpose of comparison with the previous results in Part I of this discussion, and with other similar expressions, we change the angles Gv C3, C3, Gv by 180°, which is equivalent to an easterly deviation from the mean for positive results and to a westerly deviation for negative results, we find — For Philadelphia, A>. 14h. 15h- 16b. 17*. 18h. 19k 2Qh. 21 h. 22h. 23ii. January +2'.26 +3'.40 +3'. 34 +2'.46 +1'.52 +0'.92 +0'.57 +0'.08 — 0'.64 — 1'.29 — 1'.45 — I'.OS February +1.96 +2.97 +3.02 +2.42 +1.71 +1.17 +0.76 +0.26 —0.36 —0.85 —0.97 —0.70 March +2.71 +3.86 -+3.85 +3.17 +2.33 +1.65 +1.02 +0.35 —0.31 —0.70 —0.67 —0.43 April +3.60 +5.06 + 5.18 +4.28 +2.98 +1.76 +0.88 +0.27 —0.14 —0.38 —0.54 —0.67 May +4.06 +5.07 +4.88 +3.85 +2.48 +1.22 +0.39 —0.02 —0.12 —0.14 —0.21 —0.43 June +3.99 +5.00 +4.79 +3.79 +2.60 +1.59 +0.87 +0.38 +0.07 —0.10 —0.13 —0.15 July +3.90 +5.26 +5.37 +4.54 +3.28 +2.04 +1.16 +0.66 +0.39 +0.18 —0.15 —0.53 August +5.44 +6.35 +5.55 +3.75 +1.98 +0.87 +0.50 +0.45 +0.26 —0.13 —0.56 —0.77 September +5.18 +5.54 +4.48 +2.99 +1.68 +0.85 +0.33 —0.11 —0.44 —0.56 —0.55 —0.44 October +2.60 +3.17 +3.00 +2.20 +1.08 +0.25 —0.39 —0.36 —0.39 —0.52 —0.69 —0.69 November +2.31 +2.81 +2.58 +1.90 +1.18 +0.57 +0.06 —0.40 —0.59 —0.92 —0.77 —0.49 December +1.86 +2.95 +3.04 +2.32 +1.34 +0.57 +0.11 —0.28 —0.78 —1.22 — 1^33 —0.96 Summer +4.35 +5.29 +4.99 +3.89 +2.57 +1.43 +0.64 +0.18 —0.05 —0.17 —0.33 —0.44 Winter +2.21 +3.12 +3.09 +2.38 +1.52 +0.84 + 0.37 —0.09 —0.55 —0.89 —0.94 —0.72 Year +3.25 +4.22 +4.09 +3.14 , +2.06 +1.12 +0.45 +0.05 —0.32 —0.52 —0.58 —0.58 20 SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION In the above table + signifies westerly and — easterly deflection ; it may be compared with similar tables constructed for Toronto,1 Dublin,2 and Prague.3 It will be observed that the preceding table, which gives the observed variation, refers to an epoch 19£ minutes later than the exact local hour (that is, to an exact Gottingen hour), whereas the computed table refers to the exact Philadelphia hours. From the computed tabular values, aided by the diagrams, we can now deduce some of the general features of the diurnal variation and its annual inequality. The general character of the diurnal motion (see type-curves) is nearly the same throughout the year; the most eastern deflection is reached a quarter before 8 o'clock in the morning (about a quarter of an hour earlier in summer, and half an hour later in winter); near this hour the declination is a minimum ; the north end of the magnet then begins to move westward, and reaches its western elonga- tion about a quarter after one o'clock in the afternoon (a few minutes earlier in summer). At this time the declination attains its maximum value. The diurnal curve presents but a single wave, slightly interrupted by a deviation occurring during the hours near midnight (from about 10 P. M. to 1 A. M.), when the magnet has a direct or westerly motion ; shortly after 1 A. M. the magnet again assumes a retrograde motion, and completes the cycle by arriving at its eastern elongation shortly before 8 o'clock in the morning. This nocturnal deflection is well-marked in winter, vanishes in the summer months, and is hardly perceptible in the annual curve. According to the investigations of General Sabine, it is probable that, if we had the means of entirely obliterating the effect of disturb- ances, this small oscillation would almost disappear. In summer, when it has no existence, the magnet remains nearly stationary between the hours of 8 P. M. and 3 A. M., a feature which is also shown by the annual type-curve. The two preceding plates show a close general resemblance in the diurnal curves for the six months when the sun has north declination, and a similar resemblance in the other six months when it has south declination. The analytical expressions give the epoch and amount of variation with greater precision. The hours of minimum and maximum deflection are obtained from the equation •' , d = o: and the hours of the mean declination, when the curves cross an the axis of abscissae, from the condition Ad = o. The following table contains these results for each month and the two principal seasons of the year, also the critical interval between the two adjacent hours of the mean position. 1 Vol. III., Table LXVI; compare also with Table VII. of Vol. II. « Trans. Royal Irish Academy, Vol. XXII., Part I., Table III. • Academy of Sciences at Vienna, Vol. VIII. of Math. Section, Table II. OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 21 Eastern Western Critical interval EPOCH of MEAX DECLIXATIOS. MO.VTH. elongation A. M. elongation P.M. from minimum to maximum. Critical interval. A. M. P.M. January . 8h. 58m. 11'. 27m. 4h. 29m. 10n. 52m. 7h. 08m. SB. 16m. February 8 34 1 32 4 58 10 52 7 26 8 34 March 8 07 1 34 5 27 10 46 7 32 8 46 April 8 12 1 27 5 15 10 34 7 40 8 56 May 7 29 1 21 5 52 10 19 6 57 8 38 June 7 33 1 20 5 47 10 25 8 26 10 01 July 7 36 1 28 b 52 10 30 9 32 11 02 August 7 18 1 05 5 47 10 10 8 40 10 30 September 7 30 0 45 5 15 9 58 6 45 8 47 October . 8 00 1 17 5 17 10 30 5 23 6 53 November 7 54 1 08 5 14 10 16 6 08 7 52 December 8 54 1 40 4 46 10 50 6 17 7 27 Summer . 7«- 33m. 1U. 8m. 5h. 35m. 10h. 17m. 7li. 43m. 9h. 26«»- Winter 8 24 1 25 5 01 10 40 6 49 8 09 Year 7 48 1 16 5 28 10 26 7 08 8 42 We likewise obtain : and Secondary minimum of eastern deflection in winter 9h- 42m- P. M. Amount — 0'.97 " maximum of western " " " 1 15 A.M. " — 0.26 Differences: 3h- 33m- 0'.71 Secondary minimum of eastern deflection for the year 10h- llm- P. M. Amount — 0'.62 " maximum of western " " " 1 13 A.M. " —0.47 Differences: 3h- 02m- 0'.15 The effect of the seasons on the critical hours is well marked in the above table. The eastern elongation occurs earliest between the summer solstice and the autumnal equinox, and latest about the winter solstice. The western elongation occurs earliest about the autumnal equinox, and latest about the winter solstice; and the same holds good for the morning epoch of the mean declination. The afternoon epoch, however, occurs earliest, shortly after the autumnal equinox, and latest, shortly after the summer solstice. The critical hours which vary least during the year are those of the western elongation and those of the morning mean declination. The extreme difference between the value for any month and the mean annual value is 31 minutes in the former and 28 minutes in the latter. The following graphical representation of three variables (Diagram G) will serve to show at a glance the various features of the diurnal variation and its annual inequality: The magnetic surface is formed by contour lines, O.'o apart; the dotted curves are lines of mean position, the curves represented by dashes correspond to eastern, and the full curves to western deflection from the normal position. This diagram, as well as the computed tabular values from which it has been constructed, serve equally to furnish the correction necessary to reduce any single observation taken at any hour of the day and month to its mean value. It also enables us in a measure to dispense with developing the annual variability of the coefficients j5, 2?2 A • • • and Cr Cz C3 (or rather the equivalents a, ^ a2 &2 as ^ from which they are derived) in the general expression A -f- R^ sin (6 + Ci) + etc. In most cases either a tabular or graphical interpolation between the two adjacent monthly values will fully answer the purpose. The diagram also distinctly exhibits 22 SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION the diurnal minima and maxima, the former represented by a valley, the latter by a ridge in the magnetic surface. The magnitude of the diurnal range is next to be considered. DIAGRAM SHOWING THE DEFLECTION (IN MINUTES OF ABC) OF THE NORTH END OF THE MAGNET FROM ITS MONTHLY NORMAL POSITION FOB EVEEY BODE OF THE DAT AND MONTH OF THE YEAR, DERIVED FROM THE DECLINOMETEB OBSEBVATIONB AT PHILADELPHIA BETWEEN 1840 AND 1845. . 1 2345 6 789 10 11 N'n 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 222324''- Philadelphia mean time. The following table contains the amount of the deflection at the eastern and western elongations and the diurnal amplitude of the declination for each month of the year, derived from the preceding equations : — DEFLECTIOX AT Dlnrnal range. DEFLECTION AT Diurnal range. E. Elong. W. Elong. E. Elong. W. Elong. January .... February . . . March .... — 2'.46 —2.64 —3.73 —4.02 —4.89 —5.26 +3'.52 +3.11 +4.03 +5.28 +5.16 +5.06 5'. 98 5.75 7.76 9.30 10.05 10.32 July — 5 '.5 8 —5.79 —4.71 —2.18 —1.92 —1.65 + 5'.46 +6.36 +5.60 +3.23 +2.85 +3.14 11'.04 12.15 10.31 5.41 4.77 4.79 August .... September . October .... November . . . December . . May The diurnal range for the summer months is 10'.45, for the winter months 5'.56, OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 23 and for the whole year 7'.89; all corresponding to an epoch removed about one year and a half from the epoch of a minimum of the solar period. The numbers expressing the diurnal range exhibit three remarkable features, viz., the maximum value in the month of August, the sudden falling off in the months of September and October (see the graphical representation), and the DICBNAI RANGE OP THE DECLINATION. minimum value in November or December. Otherwise the progression is regular; the curve is single-crested, a feature equally true for the eastern as well as for the western deflection when viewed separately. This latter circumstance is of special importance, since it is probable that it is mostly by the interference of these two separate curves that we observe at other stations the curve of the diurnal range at some stations apparently, to be a double-crested one. The curves for Milan, Munich, Gottingen, Brussels, Greenwich, Dublin, etc., for instance, exhibit two maxima, one after the vernal equinox, and a second, generally the smaller one, about the summer solstice, with more or less regularity. The system to which Philadelphia belongs is exemplified by the annual curve of the diurnal range at Prague and at some Russian stations, especially at Nertschinsk, but principally at Toronto, for which last station the curve is shown in the diagram. Neither station appears to have a tendency to a secondary maximum about the month of April, leaving the maximum about a month and a half after the summer solstice, a well-marked North American feature. Annual Variation of the Declination. — In connection with the preceding discussion the annual inequality in the magnetic declination next claims attention. This subject presents greater difficulty, inherent in the observations, than the diurnal inequality; not so much on account of the length of the period as on account of the difficulty of keeping the instrument in precisely the same condition of adjustment throughout the year. In the first part of this discussion I have already had occasion to refer to this circumstance while investigating the annual effect of the secular change, and it was there shown that the Philadelphia observa- tions share in this respect the difficulties of those of other stations,1 in consequence of which the results must be received with caution. 1 It may be proper to give here, in full, Dr. Lloyd's instructive note on this subject, in his discussion of the Dublin observations : " The determination of the annual variation is much more difficult than that 24 ANNUAL VARIATION Returning to the last vertical column in the table, headed " mean," we have there the monthly values of the declinometer readings (in scale divisions), and in their differences when compared month for month, the joint effect of the secular change, and of the annual inequality. To eliminate the effect of the secular change, we determine its annual amount as follows : Subtracting the mean annual reading 559.64, corresponding to July 1, from each monthly mean, and putting x = monthly effect of the secular change (considered as uniform), each monthly mean reading furnishes an equation for the determination of K, thus : for January February March April . 4.56 = 5.5 x 3.34 = 4.5 * 5.22 = 3.5 x 4.39 = 2.5 *, etc., which, when combined by least squares, give x = ld-.227, hence the annual change 14d .7 or 6'.7 of increasing westerly declination.1 Deducting the effect of the secular change, and comparing the monthly remainders with their mean values, we obtain the annual inequality of the declination as follows : — MO.NTH. Mean reading. Reduction for sec, change. Reduced reading. Annual inequality. MONTH. Mean reading. Reduction for sec. change. Reduced reading. Annual inequality. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January . 564.20 —6.75 557.45 +2.2 July . . 560.24 +0.61 560.85 —1.2 February 562.98 —5.52 557.46 +2.2 August . 559.07 +1.84 560.91 —1.3 March 564.86 —4.29 560.57 —0.9 September 556.07 +3.07 559.14 +0.5 April . . 564.03 —3.07 560.96 —1.3 October . 556.43 +4.29 560.72 —1.1 May . 563.18 —1.84 561.34 —1.7 November 553.97 +5.52 559.49 +0.2 June . 560.84 —0.61 560.23 —0.6 December 549.82 +6.75 556.57 +3.1 in the annual inequality indicates an f easterly deflection. The sign f I + ' I westerly According to these results the magnet (north end) is deflected to the east of its mean annual position in summer, and to the west in winter. It is, however, desirable to test the result by submitting the first and the second 21 years of observations separately to the same process of investigation. The first 31 months in the years 1840, '41, and '42, give a result almost identical with that just deduced; of the diurnal, both on account of the much smaller frequency of the period, and the difficulty of preserving the instrument in the same unchanged condition during the much longer time, or of determining and allowing for its changes when they do occur. Accordingly, although the annual period may be traced in the observations of Gilpin and is decidedly displayed in those of Bowditch, it has evaded the researches of recent observers. There is but a faint indication of its existence in the Gottingen observa- tions, which were made at the hours of 8 A. M. and 1 P. M., and Professor Gauss and Dr. Goldschmidt find, in their analysis of these observations, no important fluctuation dependent on season. A similar negative result is deduced by Dr. Lament from the Munich observations, which were made twelve times in the day." 1 This value (+6'. 7), as resulting from a different combination of observed and partly interpolated values, may not be preferable to that ( + 4'.5) deduced in Part I. of this discussion, but must necessarily be employed in the present investigation. The most reliable value, +5'.0, was deduced from independent observations, as already remarked, and lies between the two. OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 25 the remaining 27 months in the years 1843, '44, and '45, when discussed in the same manner, give a rather different result. Some improvements, however, can be made in the preceding investigation by omitting the December mean of 1844, which is obviously about 12 scale divisions too small; the observed value is 535d'.2, and the interpolated value 547d-.0. An examination of the first series shows a defect in the monthly means of 1841, be- tween May and June, requiring a constant correction of + 8.0 scale divisions for the remaining months after May, as may be seen by the following table : — Year. 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 Diff. May. Jane. May- Jane. 578.5 571.2? 561.8 563.6 —1.8 566.2 565.0 + 1.2 546.5 547.5 —1.0 529.7 531.0 —1.3 Computed value for June, 579.2 Mean —0.7 The following values then remain for the discussion, and they should be con- sidered as forming the basis from which the legitimate results are to be deduced. The numbers marked with an asterisk have been increased by 8d .0. Interpolated values are between brackets, and were obtained by comparing the means of the remaining months of the year with the corresponding means of every other year ; by this process several values are obtained for each interpolated number ; the re- sulting mean is given in the table. The high value of 1841, and the low value of 1844, for the month of May, in some measure compensate. YEAR. Jan. Feb. March. April. May. Jane. Jnly. August. Sept. Oct. NOT. Dec. 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 d. (586.9) 576.3 564.1 (566.5) 558.0 531.0 (585.9) 574.3 563.3 (565.6) 558.0 531.3 d. (586.3) 577.0 562.0 (565.9) 557.6 532.0 d. (586.4) 578.1 561.9 567.2 555.2 527.1 d. (584.1) 578.5 561.8 566.2 546.5 529.7 d. 586.9 *579.2 563.6 565.0 547.5 531.0 d. 588.4 *576.7 565.2 564.7 547.5 (529.9) d. 587.4 *576.9 563.8 563.6 546.2 (529.0) d. 585.2 *571.1 566.7 558.3 542.2 (527.0) d. 579.9 *575.2 562.7 559.0 545.3 (526.2) d. 573.9 *564.4 563.5 556.1 547.2 (522.7) d. 570.5 *567.4 561.6 557.6 (547.0) (522.1) Means 563.8 563.1 563.5 562.6 561.1 562.2 562.1 561.2 558.4 558.1 554.6 554.4 560.4 Correct'n for sec. changes |— 4.4 —3.6 —2.8 —2.0 —1.2 —0.4 +0.4 +1-2 +2.0 +2.8 +3.6 +4.4 Corrected means 1559.4 559.5 560.7 560.6 559.9 561.8 562.5 562.4 560.4 560.9 558.2 558.8 Annual va- riation (in arc) }+i.o +0'.5 +0.9 +0'.4 —0.3 — O'.l —0.2 —O'.l +0.5 +0'.2 —1.4 — 0'.6 —2.1 — I'.O —2.0 — 0'.9 —0.0 — O'.O —0.5 — 0'.2 +2.2 +0'.9 + 1.6 +0'.7 This last result accords in general with that before deduced, but is much to be preferred. From June to October the north end of the magnet is accordingly to the eastward of the mean annual position (after the elimination of the secular change), and in the remaining months of the year it is to the westward of this position. From the vernal equinox till after the summer solstice the motion is to the eastward or 4 26 VARIATION OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. retrograde in regard to the advance of the secular change (to the westward) ; this is in conformity with the law as given by Dr. Lloyd in the Dublin discussion, where the motion of the magnet is to the westward at this period of the year, or the reverse of the Philadelphia deflection, but the secular change is likewise reversed, the west declination diminishing at Dublin (at the same time or more accurately between 1840 and '43). For further comparison I give here the results deduced from seven years' obser- vation at Toronto between the years 1845 and '51, a previous working up of a three years' series (middle year 1846) not being deemed sufficiently distinctive in its results. The secular change is here 2'.0 per annum, increasing westerly declina- tion, whereas it was 4'.4 per annum at Philadelphia in 1843; as in the above result + indicates west, — east deflection. ANNUAL VARIATION AT TORONTO BETWEEN 1845 AND 1851. January. February. March. April. May. Jane. July. August. September. October. November. December. +0'.l — 0'.5 — 0'.2 O'.O — O'.l — 0'.5 — 0'.8 — 0'.2 +0'.7 -fl'.O +0'.3 +0>.3 In regard to the amount of the inequality, the two stations agree remarkably well, the range remaining slightly below 2' of arc. It has been supposed that this range at the same station is increasing or diminishing as the secular change increases or diminishes. It may further be remarked that the general mean resulting from the above discussion at Philadelphia, viz., 560.4, is identical with the value given in Part I. of the discussion, there deduced by an entirely different combination. The annual effect of the secular change, -f- 4'.4, is likewise in very close conformity with the value given in Part I., as found by a very different process. The monthly values of the annual variation may serve to give the corrections to observed declinations in any month of the year needed to refer the same to the mean declination of the year, and may also be used in the more refined discussion of the secular change, in both cases, only, when the greatest accuracy is required. SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. DISCUSSION MAGNETIC AND METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT THE GIRARD COLLEGE OBSERVATORY, PHILADELPHIA, IN 1840, 1841, 1842, 1843, 1844, AND 1845. PART III. INVESTIGATION OF THE INFLUENCE OF THE MOON ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. BY A. D. BACHE, LL. D. [ACCEPTED FOE PUBLICATION, SEPTEMBER, I860.] INVESTIGATION INFLUENCE OF THE MOON ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. THE existence of a sensible lunar effect on the magnetic decimation has already been established by the labors of Broun, Kreil, Sabine, and others. It is never- theless important to add the weight of new numerical results to those already obtained. In the discussions of the Philadelphia observations of magnetic declination, already presented to the Association, I have shown how the influence of magnetic disturbances, of the eleven year period of the solar diurnal variation and its annual inequality, of the secular change, and of the annual variation may be severally eliminated, leaving residuals from which the lunar influence is to be studied. Each observation was marked with its corresponding lunar hour and the hourly normals used for comparison. This method of treatment of the subject is that followed by General Sabine in his discussion of the results of the British observations.1 The details of the method will be better understood by an example. The time of the moon's passage over the meridian of Philadelphia (upper transit) was obtained from the American Almanac, the small correction for the difference 1 In reference to methods and results, in general, on this subject, the following papers may be consulted : Observations in Magnetism and Meteorology made at Makerstown, in Scotland, in the observatory of General Sir Thomas M. Brisbane, Bart., in 1845 and 1846, forming vol. xix., parti, of the Trans. Royal Society of Edinburgh. By John Allan Broun. Edinburgh, 1849; also vol. xix. part ii., containing the general results (1850). Einfluss des Mondes auf die magnetische Declination by Carl Kreil. Vol. iii. of the Proceedings of the Mathematical and Physical Section of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna, 1852; also, vol. v., ibid., 1853. Philosophical Trans. Royal Society, art. xix., 1853: On the Influence of the Moon on the Magnetic Declination at Toronto, St. Helena, and Hobarton. By Col. E. Sabine. Phil. Trans. Royal Society, art. xxii., 1856: On the Lunar-diurnal Magnetic Variation at Toronto. By Major General E. Sabine. And— Phil. Trans. Royal Society, art. i., 1857 : On the evidence of the Existence of the Decennial Inequality in the Solar-diurnal Magnetic Variations and its Non-existence in the Lunar-diurnal Variation, of the Declination at Hobarton. By Major General E. Sabine. 1 2 LUNAR EFFECT of longitude being neglected. The observation nearest to the local mean solar time of the moon's transit was marked with a zero, signifying Oh- of lunar time. The time of the inferior transit was next obtained; and the observation nearest to it in time was marked 12h. The greatest difference in interval between the moon's transit and the time of observation could in no instance exceed half an hour. In the bi-hourly series, the observations nearest the moon's transit, or to either hour angle, one hour before or one hour after the transit was marked. The mean of a number of differences for the same hours thus gave a result corresponding nearly enough with the hour. The number of observations intermediate between those marked Oh- and 12h- were marked with the corresponding hour angle by interpolation, care being taken to note the nearest full hour against each observation in the bi-hourly series. The hourly series begins with October, 1843. In the case of thirteen observations within twelve lunar hours, the one nearest midway between the two consecutive lunar hours was omitted. In the month of March, 1842, which is selected as an example of the details of working the bi-hourly series, the number of observations available is 298, of which 148 correspond to western and 150 to eastern hour angles. In the abstract which follows + indicates a deviation of the north end of the magnet to the west, and — a deviation to the east of the respective normal position for the hour. The hourly normals are given in the first part of the discussion. No difference exceeds eight divisions, this being the limit in number indicated by the criterion. ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. LUNAR-DIURNAL VARIATION FROM OBSERVATIONS AT PHILADELPHIA IN MARCH, 1842. Differences from the hourly normals. J's Upper transit. Western hour-angles. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h- 4h. 5h. 6h- 7h. 8k. 9b. 10h. llh. Means +4.1 —2.5 +3.1 —4.3 —1.9 +6.4 +1.7 —0.7 +0.8 +2.9 —1.7 +6.1 —4.2 —1.4 +4.3 —0.5 +1.0 +3.3 +0.2 —5.1 —2.7 +2.8 —1.3 +2.2 —0.1 +2.0 +4.6 —0.7 +3.9 +3.6 +1.6 —3.2 +3.0 +3.1 —5.0 +1.0 +6.1 +1.8 —1.3 +1.9 —0.9 —0.9 0.0 +1.8 —3.0 —1.9 —1.4 +2.9 +2.1 +1.6 +1.3 +7.2 +1.4 +0.3 —0.6 —4.8 +3.1 +2.9 —0.9 +0.2 +0.9 +1.2 —2.9 +1.3 —2.3 —3.8 —7.2 —3.7 +0.5 +2.9 —0.1 +7.8 —0.6 +2.3 —0.5 —0.1 —1.6 —3.8 —6.3 —2.4 +0.5 —0.2 —5.9 +3.5 +1.0 0.0 —0.5 —3.0 +1.4 +2.1 —6.2 —3.1 —5.9 —4.6 —5.1 -^.6 —4.2 —1.6 +2.0 +2.5 +1.2 +4.2 +1.0 +0.7 —3.3 +2.3 —4.5 +3.1 —2.0 —2.7 +5.2 —1.8 +7.0 —1.1 —5.5 —3.0 +4.4 —2.2 —1.6 —1.9 —1.9 +0.9 +2.1 +1.6 —0.4 —1.1 +1.7 +6.5 —1.9 +2.6 —1.7 —0.9 —0.5 —2.9 —4.1 —1.8 —6.8 —2.0 —5.2 +5.6 +6.6 —1.8 +1.1 +0.7 —1.6 +1.35 — 2.9 —0.8 —0.9 +1-78 + 04..72 —0.05 — Od..84 —1.15 +0.38 +0.46 —0.53 —0.29 —2.15 +0.30 J's Lower transit. Eastern hour-angles. 12i>. 13t. 14h. 15h. 16h- 17h. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h. 23h. Means —2.7 —0.2 —1.7 —1.0 +3.2 +0.9 +2.4 +1.9 +7.4 +0.3 +5.3 —1.2 —0.5 —2.4 +3.0 —0.6 —0.2 +2.7 +2.6 +4.9 —0.7 —4.6 —3.5 —0.3 —2.9 —1.9 + 2.9 +0.5 —5.2 +3.4 +4.5 +5.4 —1.1 +6.4 +1.6 +1.5 +0.5 —0.4 —0.6 —7.2 —0.5 —1.1 +3.4 +4.7 +7.6 +3.4 —0.1 +5.6 —3.4 —2.0 —1.4 —2.3 + 1.4 +1.0 —1.0 +5.8 +3.0 —0.3 —1.1 +3.7 + 0.5 —1.7 —0.6 —3.2 —0.4 +2.2 +1.4 +2.3 —0.1 —0.5 —3.0 —1.0 +0.6 —2.8 —1.6 —1.0 —6.0 —3.3 —3.8 +2.9 —0.7 —3.0 +2.5 —0.7 +4.9 -4.1 +1.3 +2.5 —0.6 +0.3 —4.2 —3.3 —0.3 —2.0 +3.6 —6.6 —3.7 +1.6 +6.5 —5.1 —0.6 +0.6 +0.2 —0.7 —3.6 +5.9 —1.0 —1.6 +3.4 —4.9 —5.4 —0.4 +04 +0.7 +0.1 —0.4 —2.2 +1.5 +1.2 —0.8 +5.6 —0.39 +4.4 —0.3 +6.9 —0.9 +1.6 —1.1 —2.8 —1.5 +1.4 +3.0 —0.4 —3.4 —6.5 —4.2 +0.6 —3.1 —0.1 +1.2 +1.7 +1.6 —3.5 —4.0 —3.3 +0.6 +5.1 +2.8 +0.88 +ld.22 +0.20 +1.25 —0.34 —1.43 +0.47 —1.5 +0.6 —1.1 —0.92 +0.03 — Od..35 +0.44 Number of observations or differences at western hour-angles . . 148 " " " " eastern " . . 150 Total 298 The following table contains the number of observations used in the discussion of the lunar-diurnal variation : — 1840. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1844. 1845. 300 272 269 253 223 271 237 168 263 293 283 276 276 292 262 250 214 230 208 265 257 298 278 285 280 2(>7 254 247 221 289 316 276 309 300 290 244 283 571 590 595 577 571 551 522 596 566 593 541 522 617 517 549 591 535 575 561 603 542 May July 1825 3075 3257 3458 6622 3407 Total sum 9 1644 LUNAR EFFECT If divided into western and eastern hour-angles, the annual numbers stand as follows : — 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 Western hour-angles. . 916 . 1523 . 1618 . 1724 . 3288 1700 Eastern hour-angles. 909 1552 1639 1734 3334 1707 Sum . 10769 10875 The preceding mean results will be found inserted in their proper place in the following abstract of the mean monthly values for each observing month between 1840 and 1845. Proceeding in this way the following results are obtained for the different months discussed. 3>'s Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. 1840. Oh. lh. 2ii. 3ii- 4h. 5h- gk. 7h. 8h. 91>- lOli- 111'. d. d. d. d. a. d. d. a. d. d. a. a. June1 —0.23 —0.25 —1.28 +0.95 —1.09 +0.11 —0.21 +0.30 —1.12 +1.60 —0.02 +0.55 July2 +0.52 +1.87 —0.56 +2.04 —1.98 +1.60 —1.34 +0.40 —0.21 +0.47 +0.11 +0.75 August —0.71 —0.10 +1.41 +0.73 +1.05 +1.20 —0.50 —0.44 +0.10 +0.86 +0.20 +0.75 September3 +1.74 —0.52 +1.05 —0.87 —0.40 —2.05 —0.67 —1.18 +0.49 +0.28 +0.52 +1.53 October +0.77 —1.13 +0.37 +0.98 +0.25 +1.23 —0.01 +0.71 —0.78 —0.63 —0.68 —3.61 November4 +1.11 +1.04 +1.21 +0.77 +1.07 +1.44 —0.39 —0.53 —1.44 —2.03 —0.08 —1.61 December —1.43 +1.14 +0.37 +0.37 +0.16 -0.90 —0.73 —1.44 —1.03 +1.01 —0.81 +1.24 3>'s Lower transit. 1840. 12h. 13ii. 14h. 15k- 16k 17h. let- 19h. 20ii. 21U. 22U. 231i. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. a. d. a. d. a. June1 +0.50 +0.75 +0.38 +0.86 +0.19 +1.65 —0.72 +0.68 —1.35 +0.69 —2.30 +0.98 July8 +1.15 —1.08 —0.41 +0.32 —1.71 +1.03 +0.15 —0.18 —0.37 +1.00 —1.38 —0.03 August +0.18 —1.56 —0.91 —0.65 —1.15 —0.03 +0.06 —2.61 +1.50 —1.30 —1.27 —0.50 September3 +0.64 +0.38 +0.63 +2.25 +0.84 +1.26 —0.61 —0.01 —1.05 —0.61 —0.23 + 0.20 October +0.53 —0.59 +0.30 +1.18 —1.19 +0.63 —0.31 —0.99 —0.40 —0.40 +1.51 +1.05 November1 +0.75 —0.62 +0.02 —0.82 —0.49 +0.01 —0.02 +1.09 +0.88 +0.57 +0.14 +0.18 December +0.91 —0.78 —0.67 —1.82 —0.06 —0.70 —2.57 +1.21 +0.63 +0.86 +0.64 +1.48 ' The tabular values for this month are expressed in parts of the new or observatory scale, the quanti- ties having been converted from parts of the old or college scale into parts of the new scale. 8 The tabular numbers refer to the new scale, the values for the first eighteen days of the month having been converted as above. 3 Attention was paid to the half-monthly normals for the hour 8h- 19£m- (mean observatory time). 4 The index correction, on and after the twenty-third day of the month, was applied before the differences were taken. ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. D's Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. 1841. Oh- lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 81>- 9h- 10t. 111,. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January +0.86 —1.07 +0.54 +1.39 +0.50 —2.01 +0.89 —0.11 —1.52 +0.48 —0.12 —1.10 February +1.48 —2.17 +1.12 +0.49 +0.49 +0.10 —0.10 —0.57 —0.38 +0.32 +0.92 +1.40 March +1.67 +0.82 +0.64 +1.00 +0.61 +0.40 —0.39 —1.07 —1.21 +0.69 —0.65 —0.91 April +1.57 + 1.01 +0.45 +0.97 +0.20 +0.12 +0.39 +1.40 —0.27 —1.52 +0.48 —1.43 May +0.19 +2.11 +0.69 +1.94 —0.05 +0.92 —0.39 —0.60 —0.73 —0.20 —0.94 +1.21 June —0.56 +1.77 +0.07 +0.45 +2.18 +1.25 —1.15 —0.59 —2.40 —1.13 —0.42 —1.24 July +0.84 +1.86 +0.46 —1.06 —0.62 —1.52 —0.80 —0.55 —0.88 —1.71 —0.24 +1.63 August +1.95 +1.31 +1.73 +1.42 —1.17 —1.46 —1.48 —1.39 —2.06 —2.24 —1.72 +0.60 September +1.05 +0.10 —0.45 —0.17 —3.50 —0.54 —0.55 —0.83 —1.47 +0.86 +1.29 +0.03 October' —1.15 +0.26 —0.77 —0.06 —1.31 —0.82 —0.66 —0.61 —1.73 +1.73 +0.22 +1.09 November +0.01 —0.08 +0.02 +0.54 +0.23 —1.08 +1.54 +0.52 +1.39 +0.02 —0.24 —0.06 December —0.41 +0.10 +0.45 —0.71 —0.94 +0.55 —0.51 +1.09 +0.62 —0.47 +0.48 +0.08 D's Lower transit. 1841. 12b. 131". 14h. 15h- 16h. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20t. 21 h. 22h. 23h. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January +1.33 +0.57 —0.04 —0.51 —0.50 +0.21 +0.25 —2.10 —0.21 —1.32 —0.07 0.00 February —0.03 —1.30 —0.78 —0.30 —1.23 —2.01 —1.12 —1.08 +0.60 +1.30 +0.56 +1.07 March +0.15 +0.18 +1.05 +0.23 —0.15 —0.59 —0.23 —0.93 —0.47 —0.98 +1.89 +0.35 April +1.35 —1.05 —0.09 +0.90 —0.02 —1.13 —0.32 —1.67 —0.89 —0.13 —0.63 +0.02 May +0.42 +1.44 +0.56 +0.24 —1.21 —0.89 —2.64 —0.85 —2.20 —1.09 +0.96 +0.90 June +0.11 —1.42 —0.13 +0.67 +1.18 —0.53 +0.62 —1.14 +1.79 +0.01 —0.22 +0.80 July +1.26 +1.50 +1.09 +1.76 +0.32 +0.45 —0.80 +0.01 —0.95 +0.27 —0.87 +0.44 August +2.28 +0.51 +1.97 4-1.18 +0.62 —1.81 —0.50 —1.07 —0.59 +1.66 +0.06 +1.20 September +0.37 +0.41 +1.21 +0.95 —1.66 —0.44 —0.25 —0.45 +0.45 +0.19 +0.85 +0.44 October1 —1.73 +1.04 +0.76 +0.34 +0.18 +1.60 +0.97 + 3.14 +1.30 +3.10 —0.61 —1.54 November +1.01 +0.03 —1.20 —0.30 —1.89 —1.33 —0.72 —0.49 +0.50 —1.89 +0.79 —0.27 December +0.73 —0.59 +0.80 —0.49 +0.71 —0.92 —0.67 —1.27 +0.12 +1.21 +1.76 +0.83 3) 's Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. 1842. Oh- lh. 2h. 8k. 4h. 5h. 6i>. 7h. 8h. 9h- 10h. lib. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January —0.30 +0.64 —0.53 +0.02 +0.66 —0.61 +0.14 —1.48 +0.44 —1.20 +0.26 —1.84 February —0.73 +0.88 +0.36 —0.13 —0.83 +0.67 +0.18 —1.80 —0.92 —0.73 —0.27 +0.04 March +0.72 +0.38 +1.78 +0.30 +1.35 —1.15 —0.53 —2.15 —0.05 —0.29 +0.46 —0.84 April —0.77 +0.92 +0.53 +0.37 —0.07 —0.39 —0.20 —1.65 +0.27 —0.42 +1.21 +0.10 May —0.57 +1.78 +0.01 —0.16 +0.18 —1.01 —1.41 —0.97 — 0.92 +0.08 —0.43 +0.42 June +0.38 +0.69 —0.95 +1.64 —0.18 +0.77 —0.25 —0.32 +0.76 +1.18 +0.38 —0.74 July +0.78 +0.16 +0.69 —0.07 +0.60 —0.76 —2.08 +0.08 —1.65 +0.87 —1.04 +3.03 August +0.88 +0.82 —0.08 —1.03 +1.17 —0.91 —0.95 +0.67 +0.72 —1.24 —0.17 +1.65 September +0.71 —0.52 —0.13 —0.95 +0.67 +0.96 —0.82 +0.34 +0.82 +0.35 +0.62 +1.36 October +3.46 +0.38 +0.77 —0.29 +0.06 +0.02 —0.25 —2.21 —0.98 —1.39 +0.52 —1.09 November —0.05 +0.38 —1.07 —0.48 —0.36 —1.10 —0.53 +0.43 —0.95 +0.54 +0.14 +0.29 December —0.59 —0.36 —0.34 —1.15 —0.75 +0.26 —0.57 +0.24 +0.39 +0.64 +0.87 +0.16 J's Lower transit. 1842. 12h. 13h. 14h. 15b- 16t. 17h. 18h- 19h- 20h. 21h. 22h. 23fc. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January —0.18 —1.19 —0.11 —2.13 +0.17 —0.61 +0.45 +1.05 +0.72 +0.66 —0.12 +0.62 February —0.91 +0.71 +0.52 +0.40 —0.97 —0.86 —1.11 +0.44 —0.12 +0.14 +0.08 +0.84 March +1.22 + 0.20 +1.25 +0.88 + 0.44 —0.34 —0.92 —1.43 +0.47 —0.39 +0.03 —0.35 April + 3.28 —0.86 +0.13 —0.12 —1.05 —1.34 —1.36 +0.15 —1.22 +0.19 —0.94 +1.11 May +1.13 +1.78 +1.59 + 1.10 —0.59 —0.52 —0.68 —1.47 —1.05 +0.15 —0.70 +1.01 June +0.20 —0.82 +1.45 +0.33 +1.73 —1.19 +0.05 —1.36 —1.04 —1.43 —1.35 —1.37 July —0.32 +1.84 —0.86 —0.72 +0.59 —0.95 —0.27 +0.03 —1.22 +0.09 —0.58 +0.68 August —0.68 +2.50 —1.34 +0.59 —1.41 —0.67 —0.79 —0.58 —0.96 —0.26 +1.68 +0.81 September +0.46 +1.11 —1.94 +0.25 +0.99 —0.45 —1.64 +0.10 —1.70 +2.14 +1.50 +0.96 October +1.31 +1.68 —0.62 +0.74 —1.87 —0.14 +1.08 4-0.43 —0.16 —0.25 +0.71, —0.56 November +0.47 +0.40 +0.91 —1.13 +0.02 +0.11 —0.22 —1.46 +0.05 +o.<;s +0.94 + 1.58 December +0.53 +0.35 +0.12 —0.45 —1.12 +0.15 +0.35 +0.54 +0.40 +0.57 +0.21 +0.07 At 14h- 19i'n- (observatory time) the difference from the half-monthly normals was used. 6 LUNAR EFFECT D's Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. IMS.1 Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 6h. 6h. 7h. 8h. '.HI. 10*. Ilk. a. d. A. d. d. d. a. d. d. d. d. A. April ^ -0.87 + 1.47 +1.06 +0.39 —0.42 —1.30 —2.64 —1.72 —1.99 —0.12 —1.63 —0.48 May +0.94 +0.89 + 1.54 +0.45 +0.27 + 0.38 +0.23 —1.02 —0.79 —1.01 + 0.47 +1.08 Juno —0.13 - I/'S +0.18 —0.81 +0.07 +1.21 —0.31 +0.83 +0.16 +0.01 —0.10 + 1.3(1 July +2.10 + (!.!)] —0.71 -J-0.05 4-0. iin + 0.54 —0.62 +0.50 —0.3!) —2.29 +1.05 —0.10 August* —1.66 - (l.sl —2.28 +1.17 —0.05 —1.12 +0.32 —1.24 +0.20 —0.22 —0.69 +0.46 September -0.71 +0.26 —0.58 —0.85 —1.08 —0.23 —0.30 +1.74 —0.74 +0.37 —0.42 + 0.58 October" +1.06 +0.14 +0.28 +0.17 —0.03 —0.93 +0.19 —0.52 —1.10 +0.27 + 0.33 +0.88 November +0.62 +0.10 —0.72 —0.47 —0.80 —0.84 —0.57 —0.72 —0.02 +0.23 —0.17 +0.72 December —0.41 —0.24 —0.04 —1.15 —0.88 —0.41 +0.07 +0.08 +0.39 +0.99 +1.09 +1.28 D 's Lower transit. 1843. 12h. 13h. 14h. Ilk. 16h. 17h. 18h. 19». 20h. 21h. 22h. 231'. d. d. d. d. .1. d d d. d. d. d. d. April +0.79 +1.92 +0.72 —0.06 +0.53 +o!o5 — l.'lO —1.06 —0.22 —1.06 —0.56 +1.58 May +0.07 +0.74 +1.01 —0.58 —1.01 —1.03 —1.43 —0.27 —0.52 —0.49 +0.70 +0.08 Juno +0.94 +1.46 —0.56 +0.29 — 0.99 —0.05 —0.63 +0.07 —0.38 —0.22 +0.74 —0.20 July —0.25 + 0.61 +0.66 +0.60 —0.43 —1.10 —2.00 —1.05 —0.20 —0.06 —0.64 +1.73 August' +0.91 —0.59 —0.77 +0.59 —1.85 +0.01 —1.00 +1.37 —0.92 +0.74 +0.49 +0.06 September - -1.63 +1.85 +0.78 +2.32 +1.15 —0.29 —0.86 +1.08 +0.65 —0.37 —0.90 —0.7S October1 +0.76 +1.50 +1.30 +0.63 —0.71 —0.92 —1.76 —0.70 —0.08 +0.50 —0.37 +0.78 November +0.67 +0.45 —0.33 —0.25 —0.54 +0.04 —0.24 +0.17 +1.06 + 1.00 +0.27 +0.50 December +0.83 +0.51 +0.60 +0.02 +0.28 —1.14 —0.59 —0.74 —0.46 +0.40 +0.24 —0.42 3>'s Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. 1844. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January1 —0.79 —0.18 —0.26 +0.07 +0.20 + 0.94 +0.58 +0.19 + 0.22 +0.37 —0.46 +0.43 February +1.43 +0.87 +0.67 —0.52 —0.69 —0.82 —0.56 —0.74 —0.29 +0.77 +1.03 +0.96 Mar eli +1.10 +1.00 +0.42 +0.04 —0.72 —0.55 —0.69 —0.16 + 1.18 +0.05 +0.93 —0.02 April -0.52 +0.08 +0.23 +0.54 +0.09 +0.35 —0.49 —0.12 —0.55 —0.41 +0.16 —0.04 May -0.76 +1.17 +0.88 + 0.27 +0.02 —0.49 —0.18 —0.60 —0.35 —0.10 +0.14 + 0.27 June -1.11 +0.68 +1.07 +0.44 +0.09 —0.64 —0.24 —1.33 —1.58 —1.47 —0.40 +0.22 July -1.09 +1.27 +0.78 +0.97 +0.18 —0.73 —1.05 —1.77 —0.17 —0.13 +0.68 +0.37 August -2.30 +0.93 +0.19 —0.14 —0.16 —1.66 —0.78 —0.69 —0.38 —0.66 +(1.45 +0.45 September -1.13 +1.47 —0.21 —0.05 —0.61 —1.15 —0.31 +1.05 +1.10 —0.18 +0.12 —0.34 October —0.22 +0.42 —0.02 +0.22 —0.41 —0.59 —0.78 +0.38 —0.02 + 1.04 +1.10 +1.01 November —0.91 —1.12 —0.71 —0.57 —0.76 +0.03 —0.01 +0.45 —0.77 +0.06 +0.02 +2.57 December* —0.20 —0.74 —0.21 —0.44 —1.14 —0.33 —0.41 —0.18 +0.14 +0.33 +0.30 +0.60 5 's Lower transit. 1844. 12h. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16H. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22>>. 231-- d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. d. January4 + 0.32 +0.10 +0.31 —0.09 —0.61 —0.17 +0.84 +0.95 +0.32 —0.10 —0.80 —0.48 February +0.44 0.00 +0.64 —0.26 —1.10 —0.49 —1.13 —0.39 —0.02 —0.05 —0.02 +0.84 March +1.33 +0.62 —0.50 —0.21 —0.21 —0.68 —1.60 —0.50 —0.81 —0.48 + 0.35 —0.10 April +0.87 + 0.70 +0.37 +0.64 —0.22 —0.54 —0.50 +0.05 —0.66 —0.42 — 0.0& —1.03 May +0.46 +0.09 +0.74 +0.43 +0.62 +0.00 —0.19 —1.10 —0.85 —1.17 + 0.10 +0.06 June +0.19 +0.48 —0.30 —0.36 —0.01 +0.35 +0.31 +0.29 +0.25 +0.20 +0.11 0.00 July +1.27 +0.36 +0.46 —0.70 —0.51 —0.70 —1.03 —0.13 —0.31 —0.57 —0.12 +0.78 August -t 0.60 +0.22 +0.84 —0.30 —0.19 —0.77 —1.06 —0.75 —0.34 —0.14 —0.43 +0.76 September +0.25 +0.04 +0.73 —0.20 —0.03 —1.20 —1.89 —1.27 —1.33 —0.62 +0.13 +1.15 October +0.66 +1.19 -40.78 —0.10 —0.36 —0.32 —0.03 —0.83 —0.58 —0.55 + 0.00 -j O.IM; November +0.36 +1.09 +0.67 +0.43 +0.06 +0.40 +0.07 —0.77 —0.68 +0.41 +0.15 —0.11 December5 +0.48 +0.64 +1.06 —0.12 —0.12 —0.64 —0.22 +0.23 +0.20 +0.68 +0.17 +.1.42 1 There arc no observations in January, February, and March, of this year. 1 Attention was paid to the shifting of the zero of the scale between tin- 9th and 10th. * Commencement of the hourly series of observations. 4 Proper attention was paid to the change in the zero of divisions after the 10th. 5 The half-monthly normals were used. ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 3>'s Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. 1815. Oh- lh. 2h. 3h- 4h. 5h. 6t>. JTh. 8k. 9h. lOt. lib. January February March. April May Juue d. —0.46 —0.13 —0.42 +0.45 +0.53 +1.77 d. —1.65 +0.48 —0.47 +0.54 +0.49 +1.63 d. —1.52 —0.26 —0.26 +0.07 +0.01 +0.90 C —1.65 —1.15 —0.48 +0.52 +0.16 +1.24 d. —1.63 —0.56 —0.25 —0.21 —0.21 +0.86 d. —0.24 —0.81 —0.75 —0.47 —0.22 +0.54 d. +0.11 —0.39 —0.81 —0.27 —0.66 —0.66 d. +1.41 —0.28 —0.25 —0.07 —0.25 —1.09 A. +0.96 +0.18 +0.20 —0.25 —0.88 —0.75 d. +1.83 +1.03 +0.39 —0.03 +0.04 —0.93 d. +0.91 +0.98 +0.79 +0.27 +0.92 —0.83 d. +1.11 +1.28 +0.91 +1.08 +0.43 —0.31 D's Lower transit. 1845. 12h. 13h- 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21k- 22h- 23b. January February March April May June d. +0.02 +1.70 +1.15 +0.54 +0.53 +0.01 d. —0.28 +0.67 +0.95 +0.56 +0.03 +0.86 d. —1.07 —0.13 +1.79 0.00 —0.63 +0.30 d. —0.60 +0.40 +0.35 +0.76 —0.01 +0.18 d. —0.30 +0.03 +0.86 +1.01 —0.24 —0.33 d. +0.14 —0.76 —0.08 —0.30 —0.48 —1.27 +1.09 —0.92 —0.83 —1.00 —0.70 —0.82 +0.29 —1.26 —1.27 —1.67 —0.30 —0.59 +0.'86 —0.46 —0.56 —1.62 —0.40 —0.92 +0.'34 +0.17 +0.37 —0.97 —0.53 +0.05 d. +0.39 —0.05 —0.39 +0.37 +1.16 +0.74 d. +0.38 —0.09 —0.73 —0.78 +0.63 +0.64 Value of a scale division 0'.453. One of the first questions to determine is how many of these residuals must be used to give a definite result, and another one is whether numbers deduced from different parts of the series would give harmonious results. To test both of these the observations were formed into three groups — one containing 4,900 in 19 months of 1840, '41; another, 6,715 results in 21 months of 1842, '43; and a third, 10,029 results in 18 months of 1844, '45. In all, 21,644 results. The following table contains the result for each group. Group II includes three months of the hourly series of observations treated as if only equal in weight to the bi-hourly series. The sign 2 indicates the algebraic sum of the values in the preceding tables for the months comprised in each group, and for every hour-angle of the moon. The lines headed I, II, III, contain the preceding values divided by their respective number of months and expressed in minutes of arc, or the lunar diurnal variation. It's Upper transit. Moon's hour-angle. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h. 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. llh. l of group I I " II z " III il. +10.27 + 6.59 + 7.96 d +8.07 +7.35 + 6.93 d. +7.52 —0.23 +1.77 d. +11.17 — 2.38 — 0.53 d. —4.32 +0.87 —5.91 d. —1.46 —5.95 —7.48 d. — 7.06 —10.90 — 7.60 d. — 5.49 —10.83 — 4.05 d. —14.63 — 6.35 — 2.01 d. —1.61 —2.78 +2.00 d. —1.70 +2.48 + 7.77 d. + 0.30 + 7.65 +10.98 I II III +0'.24 +0.14 +0.20 +OM9 +0.16 +0.17 +0'.18 +0.00 +0.05 +0'.27 —0.05 —0.02 — O'.IO +002 —0.15 — 0'.04 —0.13 —0.19 — 0'.17 —0.24 —0.20 — 0'.13 —0.23 —0.10 — 0'.35 —0.14 —0.05 — 0'.04 —0.06 +0.05 — 0'.04 +0.05 +0.20 +0'.01 +0.16 +0.28 D's Lower transit. Moon's hour- angle. 12h. 13h- 14h. 15h. 16h- 17h. 18h. 19h. 20h. 21h. 22h- 23h. i of group I I " II I " III d. +11.91 +13.46 + 10.98 d. — 2.18 +16.15 + 8.22 d. +4.54 +4.52 +5.96 d. +6.00 +3.S6 +0.24 d. —7.22 —6.64 —1.66 d. — 3.54 —11.24 — 7.45 d. — 9.43 —14.67 — 9.61 d. —8.71 —4.68 —9.02 d. —0.71 —6.90 —7.35 d. +3.14 +2.79 —3.38 d. +1.58 + 1.53 +1.90 d. +7.60 + 8.73 +1.80 I II III +0'.29 +0.29 +0.28 — 0'.05 +0.35 +0.21 +0'.ll +0.10 +0.15 +0'.14 4-0.08 0.00 — 0'.17 —0.14 —0.04 — 0'.09 —0.24 —0.19 — 0'.23 —0.32 —0.24 — 0'.21 —O.ltl —0.23 — 0'.04 —0.14 —0.19 +0'.08 +0.06 —0.08 +0.04 +0.03 +0.05 +OM8 +0.19 +0.05 + indicates west, — east, deflection from the normal position. 8 LUNAR EFFECT These results, I, II, III, when expressed analytically by means of Bessel's form of periodic functions, and when treated by the method of least squares, are repre- sented by the following equations, in which the moon's hour-angle 0 is reckoned from the upper transit westwards at the rate of 15° to each hour. AC represents the lunar diurnal variation. Group I, 1840-'41. A^ = -f O'.OOS + 0'.063 sin. (e + 92°) + OM89 sin. (29 + 67°) " II, 1842-'43. AC = — O'.OOG + O'.OSO sin. (e + 263°) + 0'.282 sin. (29 + 63°) " III, 1844-M5. AC = O'.OOO + 0'.075 sin. (o + 292°) + 0'.219 sin. (29 + 88°) The numerical results from these equations are presented graphically on the following diagram. LuNAB-DlDRNAL VARIATION OP THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. Oh. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24>>. U. C. L. C. U. C. from 4,900 observations in 1840, '41. from 6,715 observations in 1842, '43. from 10,029 observations in 1844, '45. The curves all agree in their distinctive characters, and show two east and two west deflections in a lunar day, the maxima W. and E. occurring about the upper and lower culminations, and the minima at the intermediate six hours. The total range hardly reaches 0'.5. These results agree generally with those obtained for Toronto and Prague. From 8,000 to 10,000 observations seem to be required to bring out the results satisfactorily, and the best results are derived from the use of all the groups. The following table contains annual sums of deflections for each hour, and the resulting lunar-diurnal variation from the 21,644 observations available for the purpose : — ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 9 Upper curve. Westerly hour-angles. TEAR. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h- 6t. 7h. 8i. 9b- 10h- llh. I for 1840 1841 1842 1843 (a) 1843 (6) 1844 1845 d. +1.77 +8.50 +3.92 +1.51 +1.16 +6.22 +1.74 +2.05 +6.02 +6.15 +1.14 +0.06 +5.91 +1.02 d. +2.57 +4.95 +1.04 —0.19 —1.08 +2.83 —1.06 d. +4.97 +6.20 —1.93 +1.00 —1.45 +0.83 —1.36 d. —0.94 —3.38 +2.50 +0.08 —1.71 -3.91 —2.00 d. +2.63 —4.09 —3.25 —0.52 —2.18 —5.53 —1.95 d. —3.85 —3.21 —7.27 —3.32 —0.31 —4.92 —2.68 d. —2.18 —3.31 —8.82 —0.85 —1.16 —3.52 —0.53 d. —3.99 —10.64 —2.07 —3.49 —0.79 —1.47 —0.54 d. +1.56 —3.17 —1.61 —2.66 +1.49 —0.33 +2.33 d. —0.76 —0.94 +2.55 —1.32 +1.25 +4.73 +3.04 d. —0.40 +0.70 +2.54 +2.78 +2.33 +6.48 +4.50 Mean ^ Same in arc +0.43 +0'.19 +0.37 +0.17 +0.12 +0.05 +0.08 +0.04 —0.21 —0.10 —0.31 —0.14 —0.42 —0.19 —0.32 —0.14 —0.33 —0.15 +0.01 +0.01 +0.23 +0.10 +0.41 +OM9 Lower curve. Easterly hour-angles. TEAR. 12h. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h. 18t. 19h. 20k 21h. 22h- 23h. Mos. 1 for 1840 1841 1842 1843 (a) 1843 (6) 1844 " 1845 d. +4.66 +7.25 +6.51 +4.69 +2.26 +7.03 +3.95 d. —3.50 +1.32 +7.70 +5.99 +2.46 +5.43 +2.79 d. —0.66 +5.20 +1.10 +1.85 +1.57 +5.70 +0.26 d. +1.32 +4.68 —0.26 +3.22 +0.90 —0.84 +1.08 d. —3.57 —3.65 —3.07 —2.60 —0.97 —2.69 +1.03 d. +3.85 —7.39 —6.81 —2.41 —202 —4.70 —2.75 d. —4.02 —5.41 —5.06 —7.02 —2.59 —6.43 —3.18 d. —0.81 —7.90 —3.56 +0.15 —1.27 — 4.22 —4.80 d. —0.16 —0.55 —5.83 —1.59 +0.52 -4.25 —3.10 d. +0.81 +2.33 +2.29 —1.46 +1.96 —2.81 —0.57 d. —2.89 +4.47 +1.46 —0.07 +0.14 —0.32 +2.22 d. +3.36 +4.24 +5.40 +2.47 +0.86 +1.75 +0.05 7 12 12 6 3 12 6 Mean ^ Same in arc +0.63 +0'.29 +0.42 +0.19 +0.29 +0.13 +0.14 +0.06 —0.23 —0.10 —0.40 —0.18 —0.58 —0.26 —0.42 —0.19 —0.27 —0.12 +0.01 +0.01 +0.09 +0.04 +0.26 +OM2 37 21 21 79 The two values for 1843, marked (a) and (&), exhibit the separate sums for the bi-hourly and the hourly observations, and were required to give proper weights to each. There are 37 months of bi-hourly, and 21 months of hourly observations — the latter having double weight, as found from a consideration of the probable errors derived respectively from all the results of the years 1842 and 1844. The probable error of any single monthly mean for any hour in the year 1842 was found = + Od .60, and the same for the year 1844 was = + Odl.40. Hence the weights for a resulting value in the bi-hourly series is to the weight for a value in the hourly series nearly as 1:2, or the weights are nearly proportional to the number of observations — a result which indicates that no constant errors influence the result. The accordance among themselves of the values for the easterly hour- angles is somewhat better than the corresponding values for the westerly hour- angles — a circumstance which seems to connect itself with another phenomenon to be mentioned presently. Giving, therefore, double weight to months of the hourly series, the lunar-diurnal variation resulted as given above. When expressed analytically, it takes the form Ac = +0'.001 + 0'.029 sin (0 + 295°) + 0'.207 sin (29 + 85°) which may also be written AC = 0".0 + 1".7 sin (15n + 295°) + 12".4 sin (30rc + 85°) where 0 represents the moon's hour-angle, reckoned from the upper culmination, or n the number of hours after the same epoch : -f indicates west, and — east deflection. 10 LUNAR EFFECT The constant in Bessel's formula comes out zero, and hence it is inferred that the moon has no specific action in deflecting the magnet by a constant quantity. The coefficient of the first term of the formula is small, and it is from the second term that the distinctive features of the double-crested curve result. These results are all represented by curves. Both the east and west deflections are well marked, those occurring when the moon is east of the meridian being greater than those when west. It is not at all necessary to take in the third or higher terms. The progression of the hourly values is systematic, and the agreement between the computed and observed values is deemed satisfactory. The following diagram represents the curve resulting from the above equation, the observed values being indicated by dots. LtTNAB-DlURN AL VARIATION. I +0'.30 .25 .20 .15 .10 .05 .00 .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 — 0.30 L -i 1 — i 7 Oh. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24h- U. C. * L. C. U. C. From 21,644 observations at Philadelphia, from 1840 to 1845. The principal western maximum occurs 6 minutes after the lower culmination of the moon, and amounts to 0'.23. The secondary maximum occurs 14 minutes after the upper culmination, and amounts to O'.IS. The principal minimum occurs at 6h- 17m- after the lower culmination, the easterly deflection being 0'.22. The secondary minimum at 6d 03m- after the upper culmination, with a deflection of OM9. The greatest range is 27", and the secondary 22". The epochs of the maxima and minima are found from the formula to be at a mean 10 minutes after culmination. The probable error of a single computed value of the lunar declina- tion is +_ 1".32. The Toronto observations gave j+ 1".37 from more than twice the number of observations, so that the Philadelphia results are worthy of every confidence. At Toronto, from the second investigation, embracing about 44,000 observations, the western and eastern deflections balanced, giving for the range 38".3. The ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 11 Prague observations also confirm the nearly equal deflections (mean) to the west and east. The epochs of the maxima and minima were found from the four roots of the equation 0 = 0.029 cos (6 + 295°) + 0.414 cos (20 + 85°), which gave 10 minutes as the mean time elapsed between the moon's passing the meridian, and the time of maxima deflections. If we take the four phases into account, the lunar action seems to be retarded 10 minutes, which quantity may be termed the lunar- magnetic interval for the Philadelphia station. At Toronto the intervals are not so regular. The secondary range exists at Toronto, and is a marked feature in the Prague result. The following table contains the observed and computed values and their dif- ferences : — Upper Curve. Lower Curve. Observed. Computed. Difference. Observed. Computed. Difference. Oh- +OM9 +0'.18 +0'.01 12u. +0'.29 +0'.23 +0'.06 1 +0.17 +0.17 0.00 13 +0.19 +0.21 —0.02 2 +0.05 +0.10 —0.05 14 +0.13 +0.13 0.00 3 +0.04 +0.01 +0.03 15 +0.06 +0.03 +0.03 4 —0.10 —0.09 —0.01 16 —0.10 —0.08 —0.02 5 —0.14 —0.16 . +0.02 17 —0.18 —0.18 0.00 6 —0.19 —0.19 0.00 18 —0.26 —0.22 —0.04 7 —0.14 —0.17 +0.03 19 —0.19 —0.21 +0.02 8 —0.15 —0.09 —0.06 20 —0.12 —0.14 +0.02 9 +0.01 +0.01 0.00 21 +0.01 —0.05 +0.06 10 +0.10 +0.12 —0.02 22 +0.04 +0.06 —0.02 11 +0.19 +0.20 —0.01 23 +0.12 +0.14 —0.02 The formula or curve enables us to divide the observed curve so as to show the diurnal and semi-diurnal part of the observed variations. The decomposition of the curve is made on the diagram where the resulting curve for the diurnal period is given. The lunar-diurnal variation seems to be subject to an inequality depending on the solar year, for the investigation of which the preceding results were rearranged in two groups, one containing the hourly values for the summer months (April to September), the other the values for the winter months (October to March). For the summer season we have 11,087 observations, and for the winter 10,557. HOURLY SUMS OF THE LUNAR VARIATION FOR THE SUMMER SEASON. Moon's hour-angle. Oh. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. 6h- 7h. 8i>. 9h. 10h. Hh. I 1840-3 z 1844-5 2 40" Same in arc +9.29 +8.62 +0.66 +0'.30 +14.15 +8.26 +0.77 +0.35 +3.45 +3.92 +0.28 +0.13 +7.20 +3.95 +0.38 +0.17 —2.93 +0.05 —0.07 —0.03 —2.23 —4.36 —0.27 —0.13 —15.73 —4.64 —0.63 —0.28 —6.18 —4.87 —0.40 —0.18 —12.04 —3.81 —0.49 —0.22 —4.57 —3.87 —0.31 —0.14 —1.49 +1.51 +0.04 +0.02 +12.38 +2.13 +0.42 +0.19 12h. 13h. 14h. 15h. 16h. 17h- 18k- 19h. 20h. 2lh. 22n- 23h. Mo's. z 1840-3 I 1844-5 2 40 Same in arc +17.02 +4.62 +0.66 +0'.30 +11.44 +3.32 +0.45 +0.20 +5.18 +2.51 +0.26 +0.12 +13.14 +0.44 +0.35 +0.16 —4.94 +0.10 —0.12 —0.05 —7.97 —4.85 —0.44 —0.20 —16.72 —6.88 —0.76 —0.34 —10.27 —5.47 —0.53 —0.24 —12.44 —6.18 —0.62 —0.28 +0.11 —4.17 —0.21 —0.09 —5.49 +2.04 —0.04 —0.02 +10.12 +1.61 +0.33 +0.15 22 9 12 LUNAR EFFECT HOURLY SUMS OF THE LUNAR VARIATION FOR TUB WINTER SEASON. Moon's hour-angle. OU. lh. 2h. 3h. 4h. 5h. gh. 7h. 8h. 0k. 10i>. llh. z 1840-2 i 1843-5 2 39 Same in arc +6.42 +0.50 +0.19 +0'.09 +1.21 —1.27 —0.04 —0.02 +4.92 —3.23 —0.04 —0.02 +3.04 —5.93 —0.23 —0.10 +1.19 —7.67 —0.36 —0.16 —3.00 —5.30 —0.35 —0.16 —1.92 —3.27 —0.22 —0.10 —8.98 —0.34 —0.25 —0.11 —8.15 +1.02 —0.16 —0.07 —1.31 +7.36 +0.35 +0.16 +1.02 +7.51 +0.41 +0.18 —6.76 +11.18 +0.40 +0.18 12h. 13i>. 14h. 15l>- 16k 17h. 18h- 19h. 2QU. 21t- 22h- 23h. Mo's. z 1840-2 j 1843-5 2 39 Same in arc +6.09 +8.62 +0.60 +0'.2V +0.09 +7.34 +0.38 +0.17 +2.31 +5.02 +0.32 +0.14 —4.18 +0.70 —0.07 —0.03 —7.95 —2.73 —0.35 —0.16 —4.79 — 1.62 —0.37 —0.17 —4.79 —5.32 —0.40 —0.18 —1.85 —4.82 —0.29 —0.13 +4.31 —0.65 +0.08 +0.04 +3.86 +2.75 +0.25 +0.11 +8.46 0.00 +0.22 +0.10 +5.35 +1.05 +0.19 +0.09 15 12 Expressed analytically, the lunar-diurnal variation in the two seasons is as follows : — In summer, AC = _0'.006 + 0'.02S sin (e + 18°) + 0'.2T8 (29 + 61°) In winter, A<£ = +0'.005 + 0'.058 sin (s + 264°) + 0'.173 (29 + 115°) The characteristic feature of the annual inequality in the lunar-diurnal variation is, therefore, a much smaller amplitude in winter than in summer. Kreil, indeed, Ltrif AB-DIURNAL VARIATION. In summer In winter +0'.30 .25 .20 !• 'II .05 0.00 .05 ; .10 i .15 .20 .25 — 0.30 11,1 O'i. i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 241'. U. C. L. C. U. C. Summer curve from 11,087 observations (.) Winter " " 111/)".? " (°) ON THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 13 inferred from the ten-year series of the Prague observations, that in winter the lunar-diurnal variation either disappears, or is entirely concealed by irregular fluc- tuations, requiring a long series for their diminution. The method of reduction which he employed was, however, less perfect than that now used. The second characteristic of the inequality consists in the earlier occurrence of the maxima and minima in winter than in summer. The winter curve precedes the summer curve by about one and three-quarter hours. Both these features are well ex- pressed in the above diagram. At Toronto, the same shifting in the maxima and minima epochs was notice'd, but the other inequality in the amount of deflection is not exhibited. It seems probable that the Philadelphia results are more typical in form than those either of Prague or Toronto. It is also apparent that the smaller deflection at the upper culmination in the annual mean, when compared with the deflection at the lower culmination, is entirely produced by the feeble lunar action in winter. The maximum west deflection in summer occurs actually near the upper culmination. At the same season the maximum east deflection is still retained (as in the annual curve) about six hours after the lower culmination. In the winter season this last mentioned maximum east deflection is actually the smaller of the two. We have — Maximum summer range 35".4, Secondary, 31".8 " winter " 25 .2, " 15 .6 Difference 10 .2, 16 .2 At Prague the maximum summer range was 44". Next I proceed to examine whether the phases of the moon, the declination, or parallax, have any sensible effect upon the magnetic declination. Mr. Kreil found, from a ten years' series of observations at Prague, that there was no specific change in the position of the magnet depending upon the moon's phases and parallax, but that the declination was 6". 8 greater when the moon was at the greatest northern declination than when at the greatest southern declination. On the contrary, Mr. Broun, from the Makerstoun observations, a much shorter series than the one at Prague, inferred that there was a maximum of declination two days after the full moon. He also found a maximum corresponding to the greatest northern declina- tion of the moon, but does not appear to have investigated the effect of distance. The residuals which we have been treating enable us at once to examine these several points. Beginning with the lunar phases, the daily means for the day of full and new moon, and for two succeeding days, were compared with the monthly mean declina- tion. In case any of the hours were disturbed, the monthly normal for the hour was substituted for the disturbed observation before the mean was taken. If one- half or more of the hourly readings were disturbed, the daily mean was altogether omitted. Accidental omissions of hourly observations were supplied by the hourly normal. The half-monthly normals were then compared with the half-monthly means. In the table of differences thus formed, equal weight is given to the bi-hourly and hourly observations. The daily mean having been subtracted from the monthly mean, the positive sign indicates a western deflection, and the negative sign 3 u LUNAR EFFECT OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION. an eastern one, as compared with the normal position. The following table con- tains the result : — Sum of deflections. Number. Deflection. Full moon Q 1st day after 2d day after New moon 9 1st day after 2d day after +11.6 —7.1 —9.3 52 51 48 +0-I..22 —0.14 —0.19 +OMO —0.06 —0.08 +0'.07 —11.5 +1.5 +4.4 43 47 49 —0.27 +0.03 +0.09 • —0.12 +0.01 +0.04 +0'.09 The effect is very small, scarcely much beyond the probable error, but the table indicates that the north end of the magnet is deflected to the westward O'.l at the full, and as much to the eastward at the change day, the range between full and new moon being 0'.2. A more definite result could hardly be expected from a series of observations extending over but five years. Treating the subject of the effect of the moon's variation in declination in pre- cisely the same manner, we obtain the following result : — Mean deflection. . — 0'.20 . —0.10 —0.09 One day before . At moon's max. declination One day after Mean . One day before . At moon's min. declination One day after Mean from 54 days of observation. « 53 ,, „ " 55 " " 162 " tt « 54 ,, " 52 " 52 tt + 0'.01 158 These results do not positively fix a deflection of the magnet as depending on the moon's greatest north and south declination, the amount resulting from the comparisons being of nearly the same magnitude as its probable error. A similar investigation, with respect to the moon's distance from the earth, gives the following results : — Mean deflection. One day before . At moon's perigee One day after Mean One day before . At moon's apogee One day after Mean — OM8 from 50 days of observation. —0.18 " 41 0.00 " 59 " " — C'.12 " 150 " — 0'.02 " 55 " —0.20 " 53 —0.13 " 47 — OM2 " 155 The differences being of the same order of magnitude as the probable errors, no conclusion as to the effect of distance can be drawn from them. I propose hereafter to extend the discussion of the moon's effect on the declina- tion to the effect on the earth's magnetic force. SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLKDGK. DISCUSSION MAGNETIC AND METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS MADE AT THE GIRARD COLLEGE OBSERVATORY, PHILADELPHIA, IN 1840, 1841, 184l>, Ie4^, 1844, AND 1845. SECOND SECTION, COMPRISING PARTS IT, Y, AXD YI. HORIZONTAL FORCE. INVESTIGATION OF THE ELEVEN (OR TEN) YEAR PERIOD AND OF THE DISTURBANCES OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE, WITH AN INVESTIGATION OF THE SOLAR DIURNAL VARIATION, AND OF THE ANNUAL INEQUALITY OF THE HORI- ZONTAL FORCE; AND OF THE LUNAR EFFECT ON THE SAME. BY A. I). BACHE, LLD,, F.R.S., MEM. CORK. ACAD. BC. PARIS ; SUPERINTENDENT U. S. COAST Sl'RVET. [ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, JUNE, 18C2.] PART I Y. INVESTIGATION OP TUB ELEVEN (OR TEN) YEAR PERIOD AND OF THE DISTURBANCES OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. (1) INVESTIGATION ELEVEN (OR TEN) YEAR PERIOD, AND OF THE DISTURBANCES OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. VOLUME XI of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge contained a discus- sion, in three parts, of the observations for magnetic declination. The first part referring to the eleven (or ten) year period in the amplitude of the solar diurnal variation, and of the disturbances of the magnetic declination ; the second, to the annual inequality of the solar diurnal variation, and the third, to the influence of the moon on the magnetic declination. The present discussion refers to the changes of horizontal force, and will be carried on in the same order as the former, so as to dispense with explanations in the mode of treatment, unless in those por- tions involving the peculiarities of the horizontal force instrument and record. Charles A. Schott, Esq., has rendered me the same assistance in this work, stated in the introduction to Part I. The horizontal force instrument was one of Gauss's large bifilar magnetometers, made by Meyerstein, of Gottingen, the weight of the magnetic bar being about twenty-five pounds, and its length being thirty-six inches and five-eighths. The suspension wires were slightly inclined, the smaller distances between them being above the larger. The value of one division of the scale in parts of the horizontal force was determined to be : — in May, 1840, .... 0.000035 in June, 1841, .... 0.000038 The mean, or 0.0000365 is the value used throughout the series. The sensibility of the instrument was thus very considerable. The instrument having been pro- perly adjusted with the bar at right angles to the mean magnetic meridian, the torsion angle Z was found to be 71° 43'. The relation 7c = a cotan. Z expresses the value of one scale division li in parts of the horizonal force, a being the value of a scale division in parts of the radius, or 0.00011 = 0'.38, and Z the angle of torsion. Increase of readings on the scale corresponded to decrease of horizontal force. The instruments were placed in position by the equations deduced by Professor Lloyd, for the case of the declinometer in equilibrium with the horizontal and vertical force magnetometers, the position of instablc equilibrium being taken 4 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT necessarily from the form and position of the observatory. The effect of the small vertical force bar at first used, upon the bifilar was quite insensible, and that of the declinometer bar affected the value of the scale but slightly, the effect of both instruments changing the value of the scale divisions only in the ratio of 1 to 0.9956. A thermometer, by Francis, of Philadelphia, divided to half degrees of Fahren- heit's scale, and easily read to tenths, was placed in the box of the horizontal force magnetometer and as near as practicable to the bar. After the bifilar was set up, a motion commenced in the direction indicating decrease of force ; it was progressive though not steadily so. After a time an extra scale was required on occasions of auroral, or other disturbances, and finally the ordinary readings were upon this extra scale. On the occasion of the change of the vertical force magnetometer, in January, 1841, by the substitution of Saxton's balance magnetometer for Lloyd's, the magnetism of the horizontal force bar was examined and found to have sensibly decreased ; its force amounted to 0.9601 of its original force, in May, 1840. The experiments were made by means of deflec- tions with a subsidiary declinometer bar, the only means then available. A further experiment of the loss of force was made in June, 1841, when the instrument was accidentally disturbed by one of the observers. The loss of magnetism then found, by means of a new determination of the angle Z, was 0.0314 of its amount in January, 1841. To ascertain the change of magnetism of the bars of the mag- netometers, vibrations were also made use of, but they led to no satisfactory result. The progressive change of the scale readings from the change of the horizontal force and loss of magnetism of the bar, will be investigated further on. The observations, between June, 1840, and September, 1843, were made bi-hotirly, and from October, 1843, to the close of the series, hourly. The series extending over five years is not quite continuous; no observations were made on eleven days in January, 1841, on the occasion of the introduction of a new vertical force magnetometer, and the consequent necessity of readjusting the instruments ; in January, February, and March, 1843, the work was reduced to but a single reading a day, by circumstances elsewhere stated ; there are also some minor disturbances at other times when the difference in the readings, however, were ascertained and allowed for. Full statements bearing on the continuity of the series will be given in subsequent pages. The reduction proper, necessarily commences with the operation of bringing all the readings to the same standard temperature, to render them comparable among themselves. Correction of the Readings of the Bifilar Magnetometer for Changes of Temperature. The care bestowed on the experiments to ascertain the effect of the temperature on the instrument, and the perseverance with which they were carried out were not rewarded with a corresponding degree of agreement in the results obtained, by the various processes employed. This it will be recollected was also the case at other observatories. The subject of the co-efficient of temperature for the bifilar magnet is fully treated in the preface to the three volumes containing the record. OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 5 and it will, therefore, in this place only be necessary to recapitulate in general the results and to state the nature of the experiments there described. The first observations for the temperature co-efficient were made on July 16, 1840. Oscillations were observed alternately at the ordinary temperature and near the freezing point, obtained by surrounding the box containing the magnet with ice ; at the same time comparative oscillations of a bar in another building were observed to furnish the necessary data to correct the bifilar results for any change in the horizontal force during the progress of the experiments. The value deduced was 2.8 scale divisions for a change of 1° Fahrenheit. No reliance was placed on this result on account of the comparatively rude indications of the subsidiary instrument, and also on account of an irregularity at a certain point in the curve representing the connection of change of force with change of temperature. The method of deflections was tried, and abandoned on account of the small amount of deflection at a distance sufficiently great to prevent the chance of per- manent changes from the mutual action of the bars. On the 22d of February, 1841, comparisons by vibrations were again resorted to, but with no better success, the correction for change of force during the interval being unsatisfactory. The result deduced was 3.0 scale divisions for 1° Fahr. Applying the results to the readings of the bar when mounted on the bifilar suspension wires in the observatory, they were so little satisfactory that it was determined to get the change of intensity of the bar by heating and cooling the observatory while the bar remained in situ. In January and February, 1842, a continuous series of observations was made by allowing the observatory to attain the winter temperature on one day, and obtaining thus a result by comparison with the preceding and succeeding days, when the room was artificially warmed. The value found was 1.55 scale divisions for 1° Fahr. At this time the observatory was warmed by a soap-stone stove with copper fixtures. About the close of the year 1842 an efficient set of subsidiary instruments was mounted in one of the College buildings, the bifilar magnet being about nine inches in length. After the relative value of the scales of the instruments had been ascertained, comparative observations were made, six each day, in the morning and afternoon. These observations and results are given in a table extending over eleven months, in 1843, and over eleven months, in 1844. The results were fluc- tuating, and the discrepancies proved conclusively, that other causes were at work which would not be accounted for. The changes in the force were generally small. In the course of these experiments I found, beyond a doubt, that instruments of the same dimensions were required to give comparative results. During an aurora the small instrument in the College gave by no means the same results as the large instrument in the observatory; there were numerous comparisons determining this. I had reason also to believe that the large bar had its induced magnetism easily disturbed, and not regularly renewing itself, so that the correction for temperature may be supposed compound, one part permanent and cne part temporary. The following results were obtained : — fi DETERMINATION OF THE TEMPERATURE CO-EFFICIENT Observations between February and June, 1843, 2.50 scale divisions " July and December, 1843, 2.28 " " " January and June, 1844, 1.94 " July and December, 1844, 2.00 " for 1° Fahr. It may also be stated that no reasonable supposition in regard to differences of temperature between the indications of the thermometer and mag- netic bar, or to changes in the co-efficient varying with the temperature, will explain all the cases of discrepancies. In these comparisons, always near each other in time, small differences in intensity, as shown by the subsidiary instrument, were allowed for, but the corrections for temperature of this latter instrument were neglected, as the changes of temperature in the building where it was placed were small. Another method, not quite so unobjectionable as the preceding one, was tried ; it consisted in taking the results corresponding to the highest temperatures during each winter, and comparing them with those corresponding to the lowest tempera- tures, a correction being made to reduce the changes of force by means of the secondary instrument. These comparisons were liable to be affected by the unequal distribution of the results used over the different parts of the month. The result was : for combinations and comparisons, from January, 1844, to June, 1844, 2.03 July, 1844, to December, 1844, 2.29 scale divisions for each degree of Fahrenheit's scale. The mean value of all the results obtained by the various processes explained, is 2.6 scale divisions, and as a preliminary measure, it was supposed that the co-effi- cient was changeable, and hence a correction for change of temperature was applied, varying from 3.2 scale divisions, in 1840, to 2.0 scale divisions, in 1844. On resuming the discussion it was thought desirable to deduce a value for this co-efficient directly from the entire mass of observations, as this could not fail to satisfy the whole series. For this purpose it was indispensable to make the series of observations continuous, or, in other words, to refer the readings, extending over five consecutive years, to the same initial division of the scale. This is, therefore, a proper place for stating all cases when the instrument suffered any disturbance and the amount of scale correction required. All necessary explanations are given in the record. The first break in the series occurred August 27, 1840, at 12h 22m (Philadelphia time), when the mirror was accidentally deranged. The observed numbers from this date to September 22, at 12h 22m have been brought to comparison with former numbers by the mean position of the bar for six previous days (in some cases seven) and by the hours, from Oh 22m to 22h 22m inclusive. This correction is already applied in the record, its probable error is given as 3.3 scale divisions. On September 22, 1840, the instrument was readjusted. An interruption of eleven days occurred, in January, 1841, owing to the intro- duction of a reflecting vertical force magnetometer, and requiring a new arrange- ment of the instruments. The horizontal force magnetometer was left in its place. The mean values for January, viz : 944.6 divisions for the bifilar, and 36°.5 for the OF TIIE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 7 corresponding temperature, as given in volume I of the record, may be reduced to the true mean by the interpolation of values, between December 31 and January 12. The daily mean (at 32°), on December 31, was 842.3, and on January 12, 913.0, hence, omitting the readings for January 3d, and 10th, as Sundays, the com- plete monthly mean should be 18.6 divisions less or equal 926.0. The observations were resumed on the 12th, and continued to February 8th at 221' 49 |m, when the wires were found to have been slightly deranged, two days previously, February 6, 18h 22m (Philadelphia time), a great change in the position was noticed ; on re-arranging the instrument it did not return to its former read- ings. A correction of -f- 116 has been applied (in the record) to the previous mean readings only in this month, and in consequence + H6 divisions should be added to each individual reading from the commencement of the series ; but on account of another disturbance of the instrument, on the 22d, at 16h 22m (Philadelphia time), a further correction of -f- 92.8 scale divisions should be applied. The total correc- tion is therefore + 208.8. Besides these corrections the readings on the 22d from Ou 22m (Philadelphia time) to 10h 22m (Philadelphia time), inclusive, should be increased by + 25.1 divisions, the alhidade of the instrument having been dis- turbed.1 On the 2d of June, 1841, the suspension wires were struck accidentally, derang- ing the instrument ; the readings were then near the end of the subsidiary scale, and in rearranging the instrument the new readings were brought near the middle of the scale. The total difference between the old and new scale readings, the latter commencing with the first of the month, is 900 scale divisions. The means between June 1st and 5th are already corrected in the record, but the individual bi-hourly readings require a correction of + 21 32 scale divisions to produce these means. It was thought best not to apply this correction of — 900 divisions to the observations between June, 1840, and June, 1841, but simply to state the quantity since it can be applied easily to any result hereafter. At the close of 1842 the regular observations were discontinued for three months, during January, February, and March, 1843; a daily reading was taken at 14h 22m (Philadelphia time), in order to keep up a continuity in the series. By means of the reduced readings in the same months in the other years, it was found that a correction of -- 3d. 4 — 3*. 7 and + ld.5 for January, February, and March, respect- ively, was required to refer the mean at 14h 22m to the mean of a complete bi-hourly daily series. Applying these corrections, the corrected monthly means become : — 0 1 The corrected daily means for the month of February, 1841, should, therefore, read as follows: — 1st ... 1163.5 10th 1131.1 19th 1127.9 2cl ... 1144.8 llth 1103.8 20th . 1130.0 3d ... 1141.9 12th 1082.5 22d 1182.9 4th . . . 1133.0 13th 1083.5 23d 1182.6 5th . . . 1138.1 15th 1100.0 24th 1128.0 6th . . . 1138.G 16th 1122.1 25th 1107.7 8th . . . 1181.2 17th 1139.7 26th 1144.6 9th ... 1150.0 18th 1137.0 27th 1162.3 Mean 1135.7 Fur the first day only + 142, according to the mean in the record. 8 DETERMINATION OF THE TEMPERATURE CO-EFFICIENT For January, 1843, . For February, 1843, For March, 1843, . 803". 1 at 59°.2 798".9at51°.9 815". 1 at 48°. 1 On the 15th of April, 1843, the instrument was carefully examined and found in adjustment. At 61' 50m on May 4, 1843, the bifilar was disturbed, but readjusted on May 5, before the regular observation at 2h 21™ P. M. A correction of — 16 divisions during the interval is to be applied to the readings. After this date the instrument remained undisturbed. We have, therefore, for discussion the following continuous series of monthly means of the readings of the bifilar magnetometer with its corresponding mean temperature. The series extends over five years and one month. To obtain a better view of the series, the correction of — 900 divisions for the first twelve months has been applied, it gives a negative value to the June mean of 1840. TABLE I. — RECAPITULATION OF MONTHLY MEAN READINGS OF THE BIFILAR MAGNETOMETER, CORRECTED so AS TO PRESENT A CONTINUOUS SERIES. 1840-41. 1841-42. 1842-43. 1843-44. 1844-45. June . . — 85.4 +432.3 +663.5 +901.0 +1092.0 July . . + 90.1 463.9 710.2 946.5 1126.6 August 146.2 511.6 718.1 956.3 1149.5 September 162.1 537.9 740.3 985.4 1124.8 October 149.4 515.6 768.8 988.6 1140.7 November 136.8 503.1 777.8 983.7 1135.1 December 156.0 535.4 775.9 986.1 1191.3 January . 234.8 561.0 803.7 988.3 1227.2 February . 235.7 576.4 798.9 1018.1 1221.6 March . . 248.9 572.1 815.1 1052.1 1235.3 April . . 266.5 606.7 869.5 1067.6 1257.3 May . . 307.8 625.1 873.6 1072.4 1250.8 June . . ... ... ... 1291.7 Temperature of the bifilar magnet. June . . +720.1 +740.1 +710.3 +75.1 +72.9 July . . 75.6 77.3 76.8 76.8 77.8 August 75.5 75.4 74,7 77.2 75.8 September 65.0 70.6 72.5 73.1 71.5 October 58.7 53.7 67.9 66.3 68.8 November 47.4 47.1 61.8 60.5 61.5 December 35.7 55.4 57.3 57.7 57.4 January . 36.5 61.5 59.2 51.7 58.8 February . 34.7 60.5 51.9 54.6 53.6 March . . 43.5 64.1 48.7 62.8 58.2 April . . 50.5 65.5 67.4 63.8 64.1 May . . 60.3 68.3 68.4 68.9 64.3 June . . • •* • .* ... • •• 74.8 Under the supposition of a uniform progression in the change of the mean monthly readings (due to change in the horizontal force and loss of magnetism of the bar) the bifilar readings for a given period may be represented by the form :— B = Bm + Ae x + A* y where Bm a mean bifilar reading for the period. x the change during a period. y the change in the reading due to a change of 1° Fahr. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 9 Ae — difference between any single period and the mean epoch. A< — " " any temperature and the mean temperature. The formula was first applied to the monthly means resulting from five years of observation ; it gave y = + 1.0 scale division ; but the remaining differences showed that the irregular changes between June and July, and December and January, of the years 1840-41, had an undue effect on the result, the first year's observations were, therefore, omitted, and the process repeated for the remaining four years. The twelve conditional equations gave the normal equations : — + 2143.15 = + 143a; — 200.4 y. — 2549.73 = — 200.4x+ 71 1.1 y. whence x= monthly effect of the progression = + 16.5 scale divisions. y— temperature correction for 1° Fahr. = + 1.8 " " An examination of the observed and computed values showed that the introduc- tion of a term Ae22 Avould improve the agreement, solving the three normal equa- tions we found x= + 17.6 y= + 1.62 • --• 0.31 The following table shows the comparison of the observed and computed monthly mean readings of the bifilar : — 1841-1845. Mean temperature. Mean observed bifilar reading. Mean computed. Difference c. — o. C. — 0. +3.5. June 73.3 772.2 779.2 + 7.0 +10.5 July . . 77.2 811.8 806.2 — 5.6 — 2.1 August 76.5 833.9 824.7 — 9.2 — 5.7 September 71.9 847.1 837.0 —10.1 — 6.6 October 64.2 853.4 843.3 —10.1 — 6.6 November 57.7 849.9 851.4 + 1.5 + 5.0 December . 57.0 872.2 867.8 — 4.4 — 0,9 January . 57.8 895.0 886.0 — 9.0 — 5.5 February . 55.2 903.8 897.9 — 5.9 — 2.4 March . . 58.5 918.6 919.3 + 0.7 -f 4.2 April . . 65.2 950.3 945.4 — 4.9 — 1.4 May 67.5 955.5 963.5 + 8.0 +11.5 Mean 65.17 872.0 Adding + 3.5 scale divisions to the mean value of Bm the above differences will balance. According to the above results, the annual progressive change is + 17.6 x 12= 211.2 scale divisions, and the change in magnetic moment of the bar for a change of 1° Fahr. in the temperature, or q = + 1.62 x 0.0000365 = 0.0000591. This agrees with the best direct determination, being the one in which the observa- tory was alternately heated and cooled. To test these results, a combination of the six warmest months with the six coldest months, by alternate means furnished several values for q depending merely on the assumption of a gradual regular progressive change during each year and a half, for which separate results were deduced ; this series commences with May, 1841, and ends with April, 1845, and contains, therefore, the same number of months as the first combination, excluding at the same time the two defective portions noticed above. This combination also possesses the advantage of showing the variations in the values of q. 10 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT COMBINATION BY ALTERNATE MEANS OP THE WARMER MONTHS, FROM MAY TO OCTOBER INCLU- SIVE, WITH THE COLDER MONTHS, FROM NOVEMBER TO APRIL INCLUSIVE. Bifllar. Temperature. Alternate Means. Ad At '/ in scalo divisions. May, 1841 to Oct., 1841 461.5 68.57 Nov., 1841 to April, 1842 559.1 59.05 582.9 70.25 23.8 11.20 +2.1 May, 1842 to Oct., 1842 704.3 71.92 683.0 58.38 21.3 13.54 +1.6 Nov., 1842 to April, 1843 806.8 57.72 823.1 72.37 16.3 14.65 +1.1 May, 1843 to Oct., 1843 941.9 72.82 911.4 58.12 30.5 14.70 +2.1 Nov., 1843 to April, 1844 1016.0 58.52 1029.8 72.72 13.8 14.20 +1.0 May, 1844 to Oct., 1844 1117.7 72.62 1113.6 58.72 4.1 13.90 +0.3 Nov., 1844 to April, 1845 1211.3 58.93 Sum 109.8 82.19 +1.3 The result from this combination + 1.3 confirms the preceding value, the result, according to weight or + 1.5 scale divisions or 5=0.0000548 in parts of the hori- zontal force has, therefore, been adopted in the reduction of the bifilar readings to a standard temperature, for which + 63°.0 Fahr. has been determined upon as the mean temperature of the magnetic bar during the five years series of observations. The difference in the resulting value for q, when obtained from deflections or vibrations, and from combinations of the bifilar readings themselves, has been re- marked before, and no satisfactory explanation has as yet been given of it. Thus, for instance, at Toronto, the two respective values were 2.69 and 1.63 scale divi- sions, as shown in General Sabine's remarks (Vol. III.) The existence of a similar discrepancy in the case of the Makerstoun bifilar has been detected by Mr. Broun. Whatever may be the cause of the difference, there can be no hesitation in saying that the result derived from the bifilar observations themselves is the one to be pre- ferred. At St. Helena (Vol. II., London, 1860), the two values were 1.45 and 0.98, the half yearly comparisons at this station even show a less value, viz., 0.88 scale divisions; 0.98 (for convenience 1.0) was adopted hi the reduction. Dr. Lamont, in his Handbook of Terrestrial Magnetism (p. 206, edition of 1849), says: " It de- serves to be remarked that the value obtained by comparing monthly mean readings of the bifilar at high and low temperatures is smaller than that obtained by direct observation." In the present discussion the value ? = _!— k 0.0000365 1.5 has been adopted. At Toronto this va!uo was? , °™ _ 1.63, and at St. Ho.cna f-£^ - 1.0. It will be seen from these values that the Philadelphia bifilar magnetometer was very sensitive; its scale value in parts of the horizontal force is but four-tenths of the Toronto value, and only two-tenths of that of the St. Helena instrument. In the computations which follow the tenths of scale readings have been omitted (keeping only the nearest unit) as contributing nothing to the accuracy of the results, and merely increasing the labor of reduction. The uncertainty in the readings arising from the uncertainty in the value of q probably affects the units, and the same may be said of the declination changes, so that in extreme (individual) cases the next higher figure may be affected. OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 11 The next step of the reduction consisted in transcribing the whole body of the observations after correcting them individually for differences of temperature; the adopted standard temperature being 63° Fahr. The following table contains the monthly means of the bifilar readings reduced to the standard temperature; the series has been made continuous by the application of certain corrections explained before. The readings are in scale divisions of 0.0000365 parts of the horizontal force; increasing numbers denote decrease of force. The time is Observatory mean time, counted to twenty-four hours for convenience sake. TABLE II. — MONTHLY MEANS OF THE BIFILAR READINGS TAKEN AT INTERVALS OF TWO HOURS AND REDUCED TO THE STANDARD TEMPERATURE 63° FAHRENHEIT. Philadelphia time (A. M.) (P, M.) 0" 22" 2" 22- 4>> 22™ 6" 22'° 8" 22"> 10" 22"' 12" 22" 14" 22°> 16" 22°" 18" 22-" 20" 22"> 22" 22" 1840. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Juno —96 —98 —101 —113 — 102 — 79 — 94 —115 —117 — 96 — 88 — 90 July +74 +67 + C3 + 60 + 86 +100 + 81 + 52 + 41 + 74 + 79 + 79 August 129 117 117 113 14(1 157 137 113 110 129 126 133 Sept. 158 147 143 138 169 201 183 157 152 153 157 153 October 155 149 137 140 153 179 177 161 155 157 158 152 Nov. 160 157 149 141 153 171 179 165 167 159 160 164 Dec. 203 192 184 178 184 210 218 206 192 196 202 202 1841. . 0" 22™ 2" 22'" 4h 22'» 61' 22™ 8h 22"> 10" 22'" 12" 22"> 14" 22'° 16" 22'" 18° 22°> 20" 22™ 22" 22-" "January 296 287 286 276 272 294 322 306 289 298 294 298 Feb. 279 270 265 256 261 286 303 295 276 283 289 275 tt*roh 27 1> 273 267 260 272 298 299 272 279 281 282 280 April 285 278 268 265 287 312 314 282 273 280 289 286 May 311 312 311 303 318 335 323 304 298 307 312 315 June 420 417 414 405 418 427 406 402 408 416 426 427 July 444 440 435 436 447 457 449 429 430 442 453 448 August 490 490 485 481 499 515 500 479 481 496 501 497 Sept. 517 520 517 514 534 561 538 522 521 528 523 524 October 528 520 517 518 532 540 545 535 529 530 531 530 Nov. 528 529 522 515 525 535 539 525 523 525 528 529 Dec. 545 541 537 534 539 551 562 550 547 553 553 551 1842. Oh21J"' 2" 21j» 4h 21 Jm 6" 21 j™ 8" 21J- 10"21J"> 12>>21J"Vl4"21i™ 16"21J°' 18"21J°'201'2]J" 22"21J" January 560 558 557 554 553 575 579 564 559 568 565 565 Feb. 582 576 574 568 570 580 593 582 578 583 589 582 March 573 564 561 561 567 580 577 567 568 574 576 577 April 605 599 598 593 601 618 612 596 592 605 007 607 May 618 614 609 609 624 632 622 607 609 618 620 622 June 652 655 649 641 652 664 654 642 639 652 655 656 July G84 689 682 683 695 710 698 681 674 687 693 697 August 702 695 695 693 712 722 703 689 690 700 704 703 Sept. 721 723 719 712 732 746 734 722 718 729 730 727 October 757 750 747 747 755 774 778 772 766 764 765 762 Nov. 780 774 772 769 778 791 786 782 778 778 781 785 Dec. 783 780 778 776 779 793 800 791 780 781 784 785 1843. 0" 21j" 2" 21 i"' 4" 21 i"1 6h 21i» 8" 2LJ'" 10''21j™ 12"21.i»>14"21i'" 16"21i"' 18''21i'»20''212l'» 22" 21 i"' January 813 Feb. 819 March 835 April 860 859 853 853 867 880 875 860 859 863 866 859 May 866 8U4 862 860 875 877 862 855 856 863 873 8',0 June 884 883 879 876 886 898 887 873 873 884 887 888 July 924 921 921 920 933 MO 932 920 916 921 931 1 929 August 932 931 931 928 950 9.r>7 944 924 925 930 936 935 Sfpi. 968 907 962 957 977 990 981 96« 968 970 970 966 DISCUSSION OF T II E II O K I Z O N T A L COMPONENT Hourly Series. 0" 21 i" 1" 21}"- 2" 21i™ 3" 21J™ 41. 21J» 5" 21 J» 6" 211™ 7" 21j» 8" 21 i" 9" 214m 10" 211" 11"21J'° 1843. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. October Nov. • Deo. 983 988 996 978 987 994 980 986 993 978 984 992 976 983 990 978 981 988 977 981 988 980 984 988 984 988 992 987 992 992 991 994 993 992 994 998 12" 214-" 13h21j»14h21J'" 15" 214"- i6»2ij"> 17h21Jn 18"21JI" 19"213°> 20" 21 $" 21" 21 J" 22"21£" 23" 21 4»' October Nov. Dec. 991 992 1000 989 990 999 985 •988 997 983 987 994 983 985 992 983 986 991 985 987 993 985 987 996 985 988 996 984 988 996 983 989 998 984 989 999 1844. 0" 21 J™ 1" 21£°> 2h 21 J- 3" 21i™ 4" 21J- 5" 21J° 6h 21 J» 7" 2H°> 8" 214°' 9" 21j"> 10h2]4°> 11"214'» January Feb. March April May June July August Sept. October Nov. Deo. 1009 1031 1050 1067 1066 1080 1103 1129 1108 ]132 1136 1203 1007 1031 1048 1066 1066 1079 1104 1130 1108 1128 1135 1201 1006 1031 1047 1065 1064 1078 1106 1130 1108 1127 1133 1198 1004 1029 1046 1062 1063 1079 1107 1130 1109 1123 1132 1196 1002 1026 1P45 1059 1063 1079 1107 1129 1105 1122 1131 1194 1002 1026 1044 1059 1062 1077 1106 1127 1107 1124 1127 1192 1001 1026 1045 1062 1062 1075 1105 1126 •1106 1125 1128 1188 1001 1028 1046 1062 1065 1079 1105 1131 1113 1130 1129 1191 1004 1029 1051 1067 1069 1082 1110 1139 1123 1137 1134 1192 1007 1030 1058 1075 1075 1084 1117 1148 1129 1143 1141 1196 1010 1034 1060 1079 1076 1086 1119 1149 1133 1146 1147 1207 1013 1036 1062 1079 1071 1083 1115 1143 1129 1141 1149 1215 12»2U'» 13"21J" 14"21J- 15h21J»16h21j°' 17"21im 18"21j°> 19"21J°> 20" 21 i« 21''21J"> 22»21J"' 23"2U/" January "Feb. March April May June July August Sept. October Nov. Dec. 1011 1035 1067 1074 1065 1079 1107 1134 1119 1139 1146 1215 1008 1032 1063 1069 1058 1074 1101 1125 1108 1134 1145 1210 1005 1028 1056 1063 1054 1069 1097 1117 1102 1128 1139 1205 1001 1028 1049 1059 1054 1067 1094 1115 1100 1129 1137 1200 1000 1032 1052 1061 1052 1067 1093 1117 1101 1128 1138 1195 1002 1031 1054 1059 1055 1069 1094 1123 1105 1132 1138 1196 1004 1032 1054 10U5 1060 1073 1097 1130 1108 1133 1138 1197 1005 1033 1053 1067 1064 1075 1100 1131 1110 1133 1143 1197 1005 1034 1051 10(i8 1065 H'77 1102 1132 1111 1135 1141 1197 1006 1033 1052 10i;9 1065 1079 1103 1131 1111 1132 1138 1201 1007 1034 1052 1066 1064 1079 1104 1132 1112 1133 1135 1201 1009 1033 1051 1069 1064 1080 1108 1131 1116 1130 1139 1201 1845. 0" 21 }•» l"21J-» 2>> 21 j" 3" 21 J" 4" 21j"> 5" 21 J« 6h 21J" 7" 21 j™ 8" 21.1"' 9" 21 > 10'' 21 J'" 11" 21V" January Feb. March April May June 1233 1232 1237 1253 1249 1274 1230 1234 1237 1250 1248 1274 1231 1232 1235 1249 1246 1274 1229 1230 1236 1247 1245 1273 1227 1230 1235 1245 1241 1268 1225 1227 1235 1243 1238 1267 1224 1224 1231 1241 1235 1262 1226 1228 1234 1247 1242 1266 1230 1234 1242 1255 1254 1273 1238 1238 1250 1270 1264 1284 1244 1246 1256 1280 1265 1290 1248 1249 1202 1279 1263 1289 12"2li™ 13" 21}°' 14h21}"» 15"21j"> 16"21j"' 17"2U°' 18" 21.]"' 19"21J-»20"2n°> 21 "214"' 22" 215™ 23" 211"' January Feb. March April May June 1245 1251 1261 1271 1256 1282 1241 1247 1254 1267 1248 1278 1238 1240 1246 1255 1242 1269 1235 1236 1240 1253 1242 1267 1233 1235 1241 1249 1242 1266 1236 1233 1243 1251 1246 1269 1237 1234 1245 1254 1251 1274 1233 123ii 1242 1257 1251 1278 1232 1236 1241 1257 1251 1277 1231 1232 1238 1254 1253 1276 1231 1232 1241 1251 1251 1275 1229 1233 1240 1252 1245 1275 OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. The monthly means are contained in the following table : — 13 TABLE III. — MONTHLY MEANS OF THE PRECEDING BIFILAR READINGS REDUCED TO THE STANDARD TEMPERATURE 63° FAHRENHEIT. 1S40-41. 1841-42. 1842-43. 1843-44. 1844-45. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. June . — 99 July . . + 71 443 689 926 1104 August 127 493 701 935 1130 September 159 527 726 970 1112 October . 156 530 761 984 1132 November 160 527 780 987 1138 December 197 547 784 994 1199 January . '274 563 '808 1008 1233 February . 278 580 »814 1031 1235 March . 278 570 S835 1052 1243 April . . 285 603 863 10 6 1255 May . . 312 617 865 10 4 1249 June . "415 651 883 10.7 1274 Correction for progressive change in tlie readings. — The observations having been referred to a uniform temperature, still require a correction for the effect of the progressive change during each month before Peirce's criterion can be applied for the purpose of separating the disturbances. We have seen that the mean monthly value of this change due to loss of magnetism of the bar and to change in the horizontal force itself, was 17.6 scale divisions; on the average, therefore, a correc- tion must be applied to the observations on the first and last day of each month of + 8.8 and — 8.8 scale divisions, and in proportion for the intermediate days. At Toronto, also, the progressive change in some months was so great as to present a practical difficulty by its interference with the proper comparability of the observa- tions, and in these cases new means at shorter intervals than a month were taken. 1 The actual mean of 17 days was 293 ; to reduce this to the mean of 27 days, 19 scale divisions were subtracted, resulting from an interpolation between January 1st and January 12th ; the mean of 7 days preceding and following the gap was made use of. a Owing to causes already explained, the means of May and June differ so much as to affect the continuity of the series ; the same is to be said of the differences between June and July, 1840, and between December, 184ff, and January, 1841 ; the corresponding differences between the same months in the other four years furnish us with the means of correcting the series for the first year, as will be seen hereafter; it also appeared advisable to omit the readings in June, 1840, altogether, the instru- ment not having then been in stable adjustment. « 3 The numbers in table II have been slightly changed, to refer the mean of the hour of observation to the mean resulting from observation of 12 hours a day. Comparing the mean at 14h 22m in each month with the respective monthly means in the other four years, the above corrections became — 5, • — 5 and 0 for January, February, and March. The bar between September and October, 1843, separates the means from the bi-hourly and the hourly series. In the application of the reduction for temperature no attempt whatever has been made at inter- polation in the magnetic series, but whenever a temperature reading was accidentally omitted, it has been supplied by comparison witli the observed temperature immediately preceding and following. No magnetic reading can be supplied by interpolation, however short the interval, as long as the law of the occurrence of the disturbances remains unknown. 14 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT At Philadelphia the progressive change is so large as to require a systematic correc- tion throughout the series. In the manuscript tables used for the preparation of the monthly normals and containing the observations reduced to 63° Fahr., the readings corrected for progressive change were written in blue ink underneath each observation. If the monthly differences are taken from Table No. III., it is appa- rent that the change is irregular, and in three cases at least it is certain that other causes were in operation, which produced larger monthly differences than coxild be attributed to the gradual loss of magnetism. These cases are the following (already noticed in the preceding temperature discussion): between June and July, 1840, a difference of 170 divisions; between December and January, 1840-41, a difference of 77; and between May and June, 1841, a difference "of 103 divisions. They require separate treatment, as will be presently explained. For the correction of the progressive change the mean reading from one month's series was made out for the first, middle, and last of each month. By this process of taking the mean from 14 days preceding and 14 days following each of the epochs the lunar effect on the solar variation is practically eliminated from the resulting mean value.1 These means corresponding in time to the beginning, the middle, and the end of each month, furnish the rate of change for the first and second half of the month, and by simple interpolation give the correction for progressive change for each day. If the rates for the first and second half of the month are different, the monthly means of each hour (from the blue figures) will differ by a small but constant quan- tity from the former monthly means. Thus, for instance, for the month of June, 1842, the monthly mean is 651 divisions, corresponding in time to the middle of the month, the mean of the readings (at 63°) for the second half of May and the first half of June is 641, corresponding in time to the first of June, and the mean of the readings (at 63°) of the second half of June and the first half of July is 673, corresponding in time to the last of June; the correction applied to the bi-hourly readings (at 63°) on June 1st was + 10, and to the readings on June 30th was — 22 divisions. At the middle of the month the correction is zero, and for the intermediate days it is in proportion to their respective distances from the middle. The algebraic sum of the daily corrections divided by the number of days of observation is — 3, which gives the new monthly mean 648, as corrected for irregularity in the progressive change. In the exceptional case of a break, or beginning and termination, the required rate of change for half the month was found by a similar process, using half monthly and quarterly means. The following table, No. IV., contains the monthly means of the bi-honrly and hourly readings of the bifilar magnetometer referred to a uniform temperature (63° Fahr.), and corrected for irregularity in the progressive change. It is here inserted for the purpose of comparing it with the monthly normals, showing the change pro- duced by the exclusion of the disturbances. The means in the month of June, 1840, are suppressed, and the readings between June 1 and June 5, 1841, were not used. 1 In connection with this subject, the first part of an interesting paper by Mr. Broun may be consulted, viz.: "On the lunar diurnal variation of the magnetic declination at the magnetic equator. " — Proceeding* Hoynl Society, vol. X., No. 39, 1800. OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 15 TABLE IV. — MONTHLY MEANS OF TIIE BI-HOURLY AND HOURLY READINGS OF THE BIFILAR MAG- NETOMETER, REDUCED TO A UNIFORM TEMPERATURE AND CORRECTED FOR IRREGULARITY IN THE PROGRESSIVE CHANGE. Philadelphia time (A. M.) (P. M.) Oh 22m 2b 22™ 41.22°' 61' 22m 8" 22™ 10" 22™ 12"- 22° 14" 22° 16" 22° 18"'22° 20h 22™ 22" 22°' 1840. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. July 90 83 79 76 102 116 97 68 57 90 95 95 August 130 118 118 114 147 158 139 115 112 130 127 134 Sept. 161 150 146 141 172 204 186 160 155 156 160 156 October 153 147 135 138 151 177 175 159 153 155 156 150 Nov. 155 152 144 136 148 166 174 160 162 154 155 159 Dec. 202 191 183 177 183 209 217 205 191 195 201 201 1841. Oh 22° 2"22» 4h 22^ 6" 22° 8h 22° 10" 22° 12h 22° 14" 22° 16h 22° 18" 22° 20" 22° 221' 22™ 'January 300 291 290 280 276 298 326 310 293 302 298 302 Feb. 279 270 265 256 261 286 303 295 276 2*>3 289 275 March 276 273 267 260 272 298 299 272 279 281 282 280 April 283 275 265 262 284 309 311 279 270 277 286 283 May 307 308 307 299 314 331 319 300 294 303 308 312 'June 392 390 389 383 400 406 390 380 386 392 402 400 July 445 441 436 437 448 458 450 430 431 443 454 449 August 492 492 487 483 501 517 502 481 483 498 503 499 Sept. 519 522 519 516 536 562 540 524 523 530 525 526 October 527 519 516 517 531 539 544 534 528 529 530 529 Nov. 525 526 519 512 522 532 536 522 520 522 525 526 Dec. 546 542 538 535 540 552 563 551 548 554 554 552 1842. 0" 21i» 2h21J» 4" 21£° 6" 21J"> 8" 21 £"' 10>'21£°12"21J° 14" 21^16" 21 j° 18"21Jm 20I>21J»' 22"21j" January 558 556 555 552 551 573 577 562 557 566 563 563 Feb. 585 579 577 571 573 583 596 585 581 586 592 585 March 569 560 557 557 563 576 573 563 564 570 572 573 April 610 604 603 598 606 623 617 601 597 610 612 612 May 614 610 606 605 621 629 618 604 606 615 617 619 June C49 652 645 638 649 661 651 639 636 649 652 653 July 687 692 685 686 698 713 700 684 677 690 696 700 August 701 694 695 692 711 721 702 688 689 699 703 702 Sept. 723 725 720 713 734 748 736 724 720 731 732 729 October 761 754 751 751 759 778 782 776 770 768 769 766 Nov. 779 773 771 768 777 790 785 781 777 777 780 784 Dec. 780 777 775 773 776 790 797 788 777 778 781 782 1843. 0"21j"' 2"21i'" 4°21i» 6»21J° 8"21i° 10h21i™ 12"21J° 14"21J™ 16"21i"' 18" 21$™ 20"21<» 22" 2] $" January 818 Feb. 819 March 831 April 863 862 856 856 870 883 878 863 862 866 869 862 May 865 868 861 859 874 876 861 854 855 862 872 869 June 881 880 876 873 883 892 884 870 870 881 884 885 July 927 924 924 923 936 943 935 923 919 924 934 932 August 931 930 930 927 949 956 943 923 924 929 935 934 Sept. 971 970 965 960 980 993 984 969 971 973 973 969 1 The mean of 17 days is given ; to refer it to a complete month subtract 19 divisions. * The mean of 19 days is given ; to refer it to a complete month add 8 divisions. 16 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT Hourly Series. 0"21jm 1" 21 }» 2» 214"- 3h 21 jm 4h21£"> 5h21J°> 6"21j» 7h21J™ 8"21J» 9h21J"> 10l'21i'"lll'21j'" 1N13. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. October Nov. Dec. 983 987 995 978 986 993 980 985 992 978 983 991 976 982 989 978 980 987 977 980 987 980 983 987 984 987 991 987 991 991 991 993 992 992 993 997 12"21$» 13h21j" 14»21j» IS^IJ" 16h21J-" 17"21J° 18"21J" 19"21J» 201'21J° 2P214" 22" 21 £» 23" 21 4™ October Nov. Dec. 991 991 999 989 989 998 985 987 996 983 986 993 983 984 991 983 985 990 985 986 992 985 986 995 985 987 995 984 987 995 983 988 997 984 988 998 1844. 0" 21i°- l"21Jm 2" 21 J- 3h 21 Jm 4" 21 J- 5" 21J»> 6" 21Jm 7h 21 J- 8" 211'" 9»21£°> 10'>21J"< ll''21J'" January Feb. March April May June July August Sept. October Nov. Dec. 1007 1031 105) 1070 1065 1078 1102 1133 1102 1136 1132 1205 1005 1031 1049 1069 1065 1077 1103 1134 1102 1132 1131 1203 1004 1031 1048 1068 1063 1076 1105 1134 1102 1131 1129 1200 1002 1029 1047 1065 1062 1077 1106 1134 1103 1127 1128 1198 1000 1026 1046 1062 1062 1077 1106 1133 1099 1126 1127 1196 1000 1026 1045 1062 1061 1075 1105 1131 1101 1128 1123 1194 999 1026 1046 1065 1061 1073 1104 1130 1100 1129 1124 1190 999 1028 1047 1065 1064 1077 1104 1135 1107 ' 1134 1125 1193 1002 1029 1052 1070 1068 1080 1109 1143 1117 1141 1130 1194 1005 1030 1059 1078 1074 1082 1116 1152 1123 1147 1137 1198 1008 1034 1061 1082 1075 1084 1118 1153 1127 1150 1143 1209 1011 1036 1063 1082 1070 1081 1114 1147 1123 1145 1145 1217 12»21i"> 13"21J"> 14h21J"> 15"21|'» 16h214"> 1V21J™ 18" 21^ 19"21Jm 20"21£" 21»21Jm 22" 21.,"' 23I'21J"' January Feb. March April May June July August Sept. October Nov. Deo. 1009 1035 1068 1077 1064 1077 1106 1138 1113 1143 1142 1217 1006 1032 1064 1072 1057 1072 1100 1129 1102 1138 1141 1212 1003 1028 1057 1066 1053 1067 1096 1121 1096 1132 1135 1207 999 1028 1050 1062 1053 1065 1093 1119 1094 1133 1133 1202 998 1032 1053 1064 1051 1065 1092 1121 1095 1132 1134 1197 1000 1031 1055 1062 1054 1067 1093 1127 1099 1136 1134 1198 1002 1032 1055 1068 1059 1071 109(5 1134 1102 1137 1134 1199 1003 1033 1054 1070 1063 1073 1099 1135 1104 1137 1139 1199 1003 1034 1052 1071 1064 1075 1101 1136 1105 1139 1137 1199 1004 1033 1053 1072 1064 1077 1102 1135 1105 1136 1134 1203 1005 1034 1053 1069 1063 1077 1103 1136 1106 1137 1131 1203 1007 1033 1052 1072 1063 1078 1104 1135 1110 1134 1135 1203 1845. 0" 214" Ih2!f° 2" 214-° 3"21J°' 4" 21 J™ 5* 211* 6"21^ 7"21j"> 8" 21 i«' 9" 21 j" 10" 21 2"' 11" 21 ja- January Feb. March April May June 1234 1231 1236 1255 1244 1281 1231 1233 1236 1252 1243 1281 1232 1231 1234 1251 1241 1281 1230 1229 1235 1249 1240 1280 1228 1229 1234 1247 1236 1275 1226 1226 1234 1245 1233 1274 1225 1223 1230 1243 1230 1269 1227 1227 1233 1249 1237 1273 1231 1233 1241 1257 1249 1280 1239 1237 1249 1272 1259 1291 1245 1245 1255 1282 1260 1297 il 249 1248 1261 1281 1258 1296 12" 2 li- 13"21i» 14"21J» 15h21Jm 16h214" 17" 214°' 18h21j°> 19*21$* 20"21£m 21''21jm 22I>21J°> 23" 21 £m January Feb. March April May June me 1250 1260 1273 1251 1289 1242 1246 1253 1269 1243 1285 1239 1239 1245 1257 1237 127(5 1236 1235 1239 1255 1237 1274 1234 1234 1240 1251 1237 1273 1237 1232 1242 1253 1241 1276 1238 1233 1244 1256 1246 1281 1234 1235 1241 1259 1246 1285 1233 1235 1240 1259 1246 1284 1232 1231 1237 1256 1248 1283 1232 1231 1240 1253 124i) 12H2 1230 1232 1239 1254 1240 1282 OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. TABLE V. — MONTHLY MEANS OF THE PRECEDING BIFILAR READINGS REFERRED TO A UNIFORM TEMPERATURE AND CORRECTED FOR IRREGULARITY IN THE PROGRESSIVE CHANGE. The column 1840-41 contains a double set of figures, the first are the monthly means directly obtained from Table IV, the second contains the means when the series is made continuous for the two breaks already noticed. The mean difference between May and June (from four years) is 25 scale divisions, and between December and January it is 22 scale divisions ; these corrections were applied in the second set of figures. 1840-1841. 1841-1842. 1842-1843. 1843-1844. 1841-1845. Monthly Meant Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. of Series. July 87 215 444 692 929 1103 677 August 128 256 495 700 934 1134 704 September 162 290 529 728 973 1106 725 October 154 282 529 765 984 1136 739 November 155 283 524 779 986 1134 741 December 196 324 548 781 993 1201 769 January 297—19 346 561 813 1003 1234 791 February 278 346 583 814 1031 1234 802 March 278 346 566 831 1053 1242 808 April 282 350 608 866 1069 1257 830 May 308 376 614 864 1063 1244 832 June 393-f-8 401 648 880 1075 1281 857 Annual Means •318 554 793 1008 1192 773 The differences in the successive annual means indicate that the progressive change may be assumed to have been uniform from year to year, and applying the usual method we find an annual progressive change of 220 scale divisions. Introduction of the Horizontal Intensity in absolute measure and separation of the effect of the loss of Magnetism of tJie Bifilar bar from the effect due to the secular change of tJie Horizontal Intensity. — Although some experiments were made to determine the gradual loss of magnetism of the bar, as, for instance, in January, 1841, when the amount was found to be 0.9601 of the force in May, 1840, and again in June, 1841, when the amount was 0.9686 of its amount in January, 1841, yet the experiments do not extend over the whole period of observation, and con- sequently we are obliged to deduce the effect of the secular change of the horizontal intensity from other independent means, and, after converting it into scale divisions, we can assign the proper proportion of what is due to secular change and to loss of magnetism, in the whole progressive change of 220 scale divisions in a year. In connection with the operations of the U. S. Coast Survey, Assistant Schott has investigated1 the secular change of the horizontal intensity at a number of stations on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts. At several stations the results were subsequently improved by a discussion of my observations for intensity, made in part in connection with a magnetic survey of Pennsylvania, and also extending into adjoining States, and, in one of the journeys, into Canada. From the complete material the values in the following table of observed horizontal and total intensities have been collected. The horizontal intensity X and the total intensity

22" 22°' 1840. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. July 113 97 89 50 112 116 94 59 52 92 93 108 August 108 112 117 106 138 153 134 103 111 114 121 126 September 155 147 139 141 180 202 177 155 153 158 157 150 October 142 137 122 138 153 166 159 158 148 140 148 151 November 155 150 144 133 144 154 175 157 151 148 144 160 December 190 188 176 166 178 208 217 193 182 185 200 194 1841. 0" 22 » 2" 22™ 4" 22m 6" 22™ 8" 22™ 10" 22° 12" 22'° 14" 22» 16" 22™ 18" 22"' 20" 22" 22" 22°' January1 298 300 294 284 281 302 326 311 289 296 301 302 February 269 261 264 257 265 288 297 289 275 274 275 272 March 268 272 267 257 271 294 286 267 266 282 264 272 April 273 271 262 262 283 317 315 279 268 271 283 280 May 311 305 306 297 306 323 313 301 294 306 309 313 June1 392 390 392 386 400 401 395 382 385 392 402 392 July 442 442 435 435 447 458 449 428 430 444 448 439 August 490 494 487 482 501 518 502 483 483 497 500 495 September 510 514 515 508 531 542 537 516 519 520 515 515 October 521 517 518 514 526 537 547 530 525 527 529 528 November 519 517 515 509 518 529 531 514 518 513 516 518 December 546 541 538 535 537 548 562 549 545 547 550 552 1842. 0" 21 J"1 2" 22]° 4" 21$'° 6" 21 i™ 8" 213°> 10"21j"> 12-21 j» 14''21J'«16h21J» 18"21Jm'20"211» 22-214- January 561 556 555 558 553 573 577 559 554 564 503 504 February 580 573 572 567 568 582 589 578 578 580 590 578 March 565 559 557 554 563 574 575 561 565 571 507 506 April 595 598 597 594 604 620 618 603 598 tit '7 608 611 May 614 610 611 605 621 630 622 600 607 615 i 618 619 June 649 652 646 638 649 659 650 639 638 649 648 650 July 692 686 682 678 695 708 700 680 677 690 694 700 August 699 694 695 692 711 721 700 688 689 701 703 702 September 726 733 722 717 739 750 737 730 727 737 737 734 October 764 759 757 757 764 781 783 776 776 768 769 764 November 774 770 771 768 777 789 787 781 778 775 776 776 December 780 777 775 773 776 790 795 786 773 776 781 782 1843. 0" 21 J° 2" 21J° 4" 21 £•" 6" 21^' 8" Zl!2" 10-21J- 12-21 4-;i4"211- 16"2U" 18h21{-» 20-214-22-21J- January 818 1 February 817 March 829 April 861 861 854 854 868 883 878 863 860 801 865 859 May 864 862 858 857 875 872 864 855 856 862 867 803 June 881 879 876 873 883 894 884 870 870 881 881 885 July 927 924 924 923 935 94] 934 923 916 221 928 931 August 931 930 931 927 947 9f,4 938 921 924 829 932 933 September 974 907 905 960 980 992 985 972 972 975 974 973 i The mean of 17 Jays, The mean of 19 days. OP THE MAGNETIC FORCE. •21 Hourly Series. Oh 214°- 1" 214™ 2" 214™ 3h 21 J°- 4" 214™ 5" 214-° 6* 21 j"'' 7* 21J"" 8" 214" 9* 21 J" 10*214"" 11*21J° 1843. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. October November December 983 987 995 978 986 993 983 985 992 978 983 991 976 982 989 978 980 987 977 980 987 980 983 987 983 987 991 987 991 991 991 992 992 992 993 997 i2*2i4-» 13*214''' 14*21 4"' 15*214-" 16h214°> 17*214"" 18*214"" 19*214» 20*214"" 21*2H"> 22*21 J" 23"21j" October November December 991 991 999 989 989 998 985 987 996 983 986 993 983 984 991 983 985 990 985 986 992 985 986 995 985 987 995 986 987 995 983 988 997 984 988 998 1844. 0&31J- 1" 214"' 2" 214™ 3* 21 J» 4" 214™ 5" 214™ 6" 214-" 7" 21 J» 8" 21 4"' 9" 21 4» 10*214-" 11*21J" January February March April May June July August September October November December 1006 1031 1048 1070 1065 1078 1102 1133 1106 1133 1131 1213 1005 1031 1047 1069 1065 1077 1103 1134 1104 1132 1130 1202 1004 1031 1046 1068 1063 1076 1105 1134 1107 1131 1127 1200 1002 1029 1046 1065 1062 1077 1106 1133 1105 1127 1126 1198 1000 1026 1046 1063 1062 3077 1106 1133 1101 1124 1125 1196 1000 1026 1043 1062 1061 1075 1105 1131 1101 1125 1123 1194 999 1026 1043 1064 1061 1073 1104 1130 1100 1129 1122 1190 999 1028 1047 1061 1064 1077 1104 1135 1107 1134 1125 1193 1002 1029 1050 1067 1068 1080 1109 1143 1117 1141 1130 1194 1005 1030 1054 1074 1076 1082 1116 1152 1125 1149 1135 1197 1008 1034 1057 1078 1077 1084 1118 1153 1128 1152 1138 1209 1011 1034 1063 1078 1070 1081 1114 1147 1125 1145 1142 1217 12*214°" 13"21j»" 14*21 j"» 15*21J"' 16*21J°" 17*214-" 18"214° 19*21 J-" 20*21 J"> 21*214'" 22"21J°" 23*21 J" January February March April May June July August September October November December 1009 1035 1063 1077 1064 1077 1106 1138 1115 1145 1136 1220 1006 1032 1061 1071 1057 1072 1100 1129 1104 1137 1133 1212 1003 1028 1057 1066 1053 1067 1096 1121 1097 1134 1129 1209 999 1028 1050 1062 1053 1065 1093 1119 1095 1130 1127 1202 998 1030 1051 1064 1051 10G5 1092 1121 1095 1132 1124 1201 1000 1031 1050 1062 1054 1067 1093 1127 1100 1134 1131 1201 1002 1032 1050 1068 1059 1071 1096 1134 1102 1135 1128 1203 1003 1033 1052 1068 1063 1073 1099 1135 1104 1137 1129 1198 1003 1034 1050 1071 1064 1075 1101 1135 1104 1138 1130 1200 1004 1033 1048 1071 1064 1077 1102 1134 1108 1134 1130 1204 1004 1032 1050 1068 1065 1077 1103 1135 1107 1137 1131 1206 1005 1030 1048 1069 1063 1078 1104 1135 1108 1135 1131 1206 1845. 0" 214"' I1' 214™ 2h 21J°' 3h 21^°" 4" 21 J-" 5" 214"' 6" 214"- 7" 21 i" 8" 21 j-» 9" 21J"" 10*214°" 11°21J» January February March April May June 1233 1230 1236 1252 1244 1280 1228 1230 1236 1250 1243 1281 1281 1231 1234 1249 1241 1281 1230 1229 1235 1247 1239 1281 1228 1229 1234 1245 1236 1275 1226 1226 1234 1243 1233 1271 1225 1223 1231 1241 1229 1266 1226 1227 1233 1244 1236 1273 1231 1231 1241 1253 1251 1282 1241 1236 1249 1268 1261 1293 1248 1243 1255 1278 1262 1295 1252 1244 1261 1281 1258 1292 12*214'" 13*21J"'14"21J"> 15"2]^ 16*214- 17*214°" 18*214°" 19*21]"" 20*21 4»> 21*21j"> 22*214™ 23*21 J°' January February March April May June 1249 1250 1260 1258 1253 1286 1242 1242 1253 1267 1244 1280 1239 1238 1245 1255 1238 1272 1233 1231 1239 1252 1236 1269 1229 1233 1240 1248 1237 1269 1230 1229 1242 1253 1239 1273 1233 1231 1244 1256 1245 1278 1231 1233 1240 1254 1246 1281 1230 1235 1239 1254 1246 1280 1230 1231 1237 1253 1248 1277 1229 1231 1240 1250 1247 1279 1229 1232 1239 1254 1242 1280 Increase of scale readings corresponds to decrease of force. Value of one divi- sion of the scale = 0.0000365 parts of the horizontal force, or in the absolute scale equal to 0.0001523. Investigation of tfie Eleven Year (a/so called Ten Year) Period, as sliaum in the < '/Hinges of tlie Amplitude of the Solar Diurnal Variation of the Horizontal Force. — The variation in the amplitude of the diurnal motion of the horizontal force is 22 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT subject to the same inequality of about eleven years as the declination, and tin- means of investigation will be analogous to those used in Part I of this discussion. For greater convenience, the preceding monthly normals were united into annual means and the results put into an analytical form, using Bessel's function applicable to periodical phenomena, and determining the numerical quantity by the application of the method of least squares. In the following table of the regular solar diurnal variation of the horizontal force the means for 1842-43 depend only on nine months of observation; the correction given to refer them to twelve months of observation depends on the mean difference between the results of the same nine months and twelve months of the preceding and following year ; this correction is nearly constant and the same within one scale division for the adjacent years. In the second corrected column for 1842-43 the effect of the annual inequality is thus eliminated. In the year 1843-44 the results from nine months of observation at the odd hours were reduced to twelve months by means of corresponding differences in the series of even hours ; thus (omitting the minutes) at hour 2, mean of 12 months = 1006, mean of 9 months = 1028; at hour 3 for the same 9 months, mean = 1026, or 2 divisions less; at hour 3 for 12 months the mean is therefore 1004, and the same result is found by comparing with the following hour 4 ; the mean is given in case of a difference in the two results. TABLE VIII. — REGULAR SOLAR DIURNAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR EACH YEAR OF OBSERVATION EXPRESSED IN SCALE DIVISIONS. Increased numbers indicate decrease of force. The minutes at the head of each column are to bo added to the hours given in the first vertical column. Kach year commences with the month of July. 184O-41. 1841-42. 1842-43 (9 m'ths). Correc- 1842-43. 1843-44. 1844-4.".. Hour of the 22™ 21f- 21j°- tion. 21^» nj» 21 J'" d»y. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. Div's. 0 (A. M.) 223 549 782 +c 788 1008 1191 1 1007 1189 2 219 648 780 +e 780 1006 1189 3 1004 1188 4 214 545 777 + 6 783 1003 1186 5 1002 1184 6 206 542 774 +6 780 1002 1182 7 1005 1186 8 226 552 788 +5 793 1010 1194 9 1013 1202 10 244 564 799 +5 804 1017 1206 11 1(116 1207 12 (P.M.) 241 563 792 + 6 798 1014 1202 13 1010 1 1 !I5 14 221 547 781 + 7 788 1110!) 1189 15 1002 1186 16 215 547 778 +7 785 1(102 1185 17 1004 1188 18 222 553 783 +7 790 1006 1190 19 1008 1191 20 225 554 786 +7 793 1008 1191 21 1009 1191 22 227 553 785 + 6 791 1008 1191 23 1008 1191 Mean. 223.5 551.5 789.9 1007.4 1191.4 (Philadelphia local time, counted from midnight to midnight, 24 hours.) OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 23 The preceding mean diurnal variations were put in the following analytical form, in which the angle 6 counts from midnight at the rate of 15° an hour. Year 1840-41 H = 223d.5 + 5".98 sin (fl + 252° 14') + 1K68 sin (28 + 121° 16') + 5*.89 sin (38 + 314° 42') " 1841^*2 H = 551.5 + 4.03 sin (fl + 244 07 ) + 6.58 sin (2 9+131 32 ) + 4.48 sin (3 fl + 312 19 ) " 1842-43 H = 789.9 + 4.14 sin (fl + 250 06 ) + 7.07 sin (2 fl + 132 24 ) + 3.74 sin (38 + 323 06 ) " 1843-44 H = 1007.4 + 2.14 sin (8 + 273 65 )+ 5.09 sin (20 + 128 58 ) + 2.35 sin (38 + 317 58 ) " 1844-45 H = 1191.4 + 4.40 sin (fl + 271 13 ) + 6.86 sin (2 fl + 123 25 ) + 4.11 sin (38 + 321 26 ) To show the degree of correspondence hi the formula when deduced from the observations of the even and odd hours separately, the results for the last year have been added, viz: — Even hours II = 1191d.3 + 4«.20 sin (fl + 271° 28') + 6d.98 sin (28+ 122° 36') + 4d.ll sin (3 fl + 322° 35') Odd hours H = 1191.5 + 4.60 sin (fl + 270 59 ) + 6.73 sin (2 8 + 124 13 ) + 4.12 sin (38 + 320 17 ) The close agreement between the observed and computed values is shown gene- rally in the annexed diagram. (A). — IHBQDALITY IN THE DICKNAL VARIATION OP THE HORIZONTAL INTENSITY. 1840-41. 1841-42. 1842-43. 1843-44. 1844-45. Oh 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24" A. M. P. M. Philadelphia local time. The following table exhibits the differences for the year 1842-43, as an example of the numerical correspondence. DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT A 51 Computed. Observed. C— O. ' P.M. Computed. erved. C— 0. 0™ 21$" 788.7 788 +0.7 12"> 21£» 799.5 7U8 + 1.5 2 " 786.6 786 +0.6 14 " 787.6 7s8 —0.4 4 " 781.3 783 —1.7 16 " 784.5 785 —0.5 6 " 781.2 780 +1.2 18 " 790.2 790 + 0.2 8 " 792.5 793 —0.5 20 " 792.9 793 —0.1 10 " 803.3 804 —0.7 22 " 720.5 791 —05 The differences, using three terms in the equations, are within the uncertainty of the observed values. The probable error of a single representation is _+_ 0.6 scale divisions, or _+_ 0.00009 in the absolute scale. The curves show a double progression in the daily motion, with a principal maximum of horizontal force in the morning, a principal minimum before noon, and a secondary maximum in the afternoon ; the precise epochs (to the nearest five minutes) and extreme values were computed by means of the preceding formula?. Tear. Principal A. M. Maxi- mum of hor. force. Principal A. M. mini- mum of hor. force. Diurnal range in Secondary P. M. maxi- i mum of hor. force. Less than From July to July. A. M max. by Epoch. Amount. Epoch. Amount. Scale Parts of hori- Value in Epochs. Amount. div'e. Div's. DIY'B. div's. zontal force. absol. scale. Div's. 1840-41 6"45m 207.3 11" 0-» 246.1 38.8 0.00142 0.0059 4h 05m 213.5 6.2 1841-42 5 50 541.7 11 5 565.5 23.8 0.00087 0.0036 3 50 545.1 3.4 1842-43 5 30 779.8 10 55 803.9 24.1 0.00088 0.0037 3 50 784.0 4.2 1843-44 5 40 1001.7 10 50 1016.9 15.2 0.00055 0.0023 4 0 1002.0 0.3 1844-45 5 40 1182.4 10 50 1206.6 24.2 0.00088 0.0:J37 4 0 1184.8 2.4 Mean 5 41 10 56 0.0038 3 57 The secondary maximum is reached about 8h 30m P. M. with a comparatively small range. The mean value of the force is attained about 7h 55m A. M., and again about lh 55m P. M., with considerable regularity ; it is again reached at 6|h and ll|h P. M., though with less regularity. At Toronto (see Vol. II. of the Toronto Observations) the diurnal variation of the horizontal force has a principal maximum at a little after 4 P. M., and a prin- cipal minimum at 10 or 11 A. M.; the secondary maximum occurs about 6 A. M. There is, therefore, this specific difference in the diurnal motion at these two stations : in that at Philadelphia the morning maximum is the higher of the two, while at Toronto it is the afternoon maximum. The difference between the two maxima, as shown above, is almost nothing in the minimum year 1843-44, but increases before (and after) this epoch in proportion to the interval. At Toronto the daily range seems to be slightly greater. The secondary minimum at Toronto occurs about 2 or 3 A. M., or about six hours later than at Philadelphia ; this is a second though less significant point of difference. The minimum daily range occurs in 1 843-44 ; its value is then less than one-half what it was in 1840-41. The following equation expresses the mean diurnal range in scale divisions: — R = + 19.68 — 3.78 (t — 1843) + 2.77 (/ — 1843)2. It represents the observed values as follows: — OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 25 Observed range. Computed range. January, 1841 38.8 38.3 1842 . 23.8 26.2 1843 . 24.1 19.7 1844 . .... 15.2 18.7 1845 24.2 23.2 The minimum range as given by the formula is in September, 1843. In Part I. of the discussion we found the minimum range of the declination in May, 1843, and the minimum from the disturbances of the declination in August, 1843. Before proceeding to the discussion of the disturbances in the horizontal force, the formulae given for the diurnal variation require to be put in a different form for future use and for convenience of comparison with other places. The scale divisions were multiplied by the value of one division of the scale (0.0000365), and again by the value of A' found for the year; the numerical constant was replaced by JTand the angular quantities were changed by 180° so as to make increasing numbers correspond to increase of force ; we then obtain in absolute measure the following expressions for the regular solar-diurnal variation of the horizontal force at the Girard College: — Year 1840-41 H = 4.178 + 0.00091 sin (9 + 723 14') + 0.00178 sin (28 + 301° 16') + 0.00090 sin (38 + 134° 42') " 1841-12 H = 4.175 + 0.000(51 sin (9+64 07 ) + 0.00100 sin (2 8 + 311 32 ) + 0.00069 sin (3 8 + 132 19 ) " 1842-43 H = 4.173 + 0.00063 sin (8+70 06 ) + 0.00108 sin (2 0 + 312 24 ) + 0.00057 sin (38 + 143 06 ) " 1843-44 H = 4.170 + 0.00033 sin (8 + 93 55 ) + 0.00078 sin (28 + 308 58 ) + 0.00036 sin (38 + 137 58 ) " 1844-45 H = 4.168 + 0.00067 sin (8+91 13 )+ 0.00104 sin (2 8 + 303 25 ) + 0.00063 sin (38 + 141 26 ) The angle 9 counts from midnight ; the middle epoch to which each equation refers is January. Investigation of the Eleven (Ten?) Year Inequality in tlie Disturbances of the Horizontal Magnetic Force. — In Table VI. the number of disturbances in each month has been given as found from the observations ; these numbers are, however, not directly comparable with one another, first, on account of some omissions in the record, and secondly, on account of the change from a bi-hourly to an hourly series. For any incomplete month the number of disturbances for the whole month is obtained by simple proportion from the number during the part of the month re- corded; for January, 1841, the total number becomes 35, for June, 1841 the total number is 18. For January, February, and March, 1843, the mean total number of the disturbances, as found in the same months in the preceding and follow- ing year, was substituted ; this mean gave 8, 20, and 20, respectively. The num- ber of disturbances after October, 1843, were halved to make them comparable with the bi-hourly series. There were two anomalous months, July and December, 1840, in which the disturbances amount to 165 and 120, with an annual mean of 64, whereas in the same months in the following year they only amount to 26 and 26 respectively, with an annual mean of 27 ; the mean annual difference 37 was applied to the numbers found in 1841, which give 63 and 63 as a substitute for the anomalous values in July and December, 1840. This anomaly does not exist in the phenomenon itself, but is unquestionably due to the irregularity in the pro- gressive change. Table IX. contains the number of disturbances as distributed over the several years and months, all referred to a uniform series of bi-hourly observations. To •26 DISCUSSION OF THE DISTURBANCES this table the monthly means and their ratio, when compared with the annual mean, have been added ; also, for comparison, the corresponding ratios found in Part I. of the discussion of the disturbances of the declination. MONTH. 1840-41. 1841-42. 1842-43. 1843-44. 1844-45. Mean. Hor. force. Katio. Declination. Ratio. July C63") 26 24 15 o 26 1 09 0 86 73 17 3 11 2 21 0 8Q 1 riQ 54 41 44 16 13 34 1 43* 1 <*(» 68 28 53 2 16 33 1 39 21 9* 49 32 15 0 21 24 1 00 1 08 (63) 26 5 0 23 2^ ft Q7 i on 35 14 g 1 13 14 0 59 07T 50 37 20 3 g 24 1 00 0 ^9 61 25 20 14 2 25 1 06 0 fiR 48 38 14 g 16 25 1 06 0 91 46 30 25 2 10 23 0 97 ft t\& 18 16 4 o 28 13 0 55* OV4* Sums 628 830 235 72 153 285 12.00 12.00 Mean 52 28 20 6 13 24 Observed N. Computed N. 52 54 . 28 29 20 14 6 9 13 13 In the columns of ratios the principal maxima and minima are indicated by an asterisk. The annual means exhibit plainly the eleven year inequality; they have been represented by the formula : — N = + 14.4 — 10.2 (t — 1843) + 4.8 (t — 1843)2. January, 1841 1842 1843 " 1844 1845 According to the formula, the minimum occurs in January, 1844. We have next to consider the eleven year inequality in the magnitude of the disturbances of the horizontal force. Table X. contains the aggregate amount of the disturbances expressed in scale divisions, and also their mean amount obtained by application of the number of disturbances already given in Table VI. For reasons already explained, the amount of disturbances in July, 1840, equal to 10761 scale divisions, has been diminished in the ratio of 165 : 63. The ratio of each monthly mean to the mean amount of the year is also given, together with a column of corresponding ratios derived from the disturbances of the declination, as made out in Part I. of the discussion. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 27 TABLE X. — AGGREGATE AND MEAN AMOUNT OF THE DISTURBANCES OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. EXPRESSED IN SCALE DIVISIONS. MOSTH. 1840-41. 1841-42. 1842-43. 1843-44. 1844-45. Mean Amount. Hor. force. Ratio. Declination. Ratio. Jnly (4089) 4084 3092 3720 2390 6515 1186 2664 3112 2138 2456 560 1157 755 3075 1284 1991 1225 601 1822 1176 2075 1211 794 1295 131 2099 2399 915 239 0 44 39 676 1187 164 6S9 471 660 169 34 0 111 200 1412 861 131 0 0 142 1228 1412 2173 2283 1402 806 127 1604 789 2390 56 52 56 49 54 52 49 50 49 49 47 44 1.10 1.03 1.11* 0.97 1.06 1.03 0.97 0.99 0.97 0.97 0.93 0.87* 0.87 1.61 1.56 2.06* 1.06 1.00 0.72 0.54 0.66 0.94 0.66 0.42* April May Mean amount 53.9 52.0 48.6 46.3 46.8 50.6 i 1.00 1.00 Maxima and minima in the columns of ratios are marked with an asterisk. The inequality in the mean amount of the horizontal force disturbances in each year, indicates the year 1843-44 as the minimum year. From the preceding results, we may assume the month of November, 1843, as the epoch for the minimum of the eleven (ten ?) year inequality, as far as indicated by the differential observations of the horizontal force. Further Analysis of t7te Disturbances of the Horizontal 'Force. — The distribution of the disturbances in number and mean amount over the several months of the year has been given in Tables IX. and X. From Table IX. we learn that the disturbances are greatest in number in September and March or April, or about the time of the equinoxes, and least in number about January and June, or about the time of the solstices. At the autumnal equinox the numbers exceed those of the vernal equinox ; the same law was found at Toronto ; also the numbers are smaller at the summer solstice than at the winter solstice, in perfect accordance with the result found at Toronto. These results are shown graphically on the annexed dia- gram, which contains also the ratio of the disturbances for the declination in which the same law is apparent. (B). — DISTRIBUTION OF THB NUMBER OF DISTURBANCES is THE SEVERAL MONTHS OF THE YEAK. Full line for horizontal force. Dotted line for declination. »r £ .a" - - - -s- **» JT* o r_J *~ » i_fc • ' » • •* ^> Illllltllllll 28 DISCUSSION OF THE DISTURBANCES Table X. shows that, in reference to the average magnitude of the disturb- ances, the same law holds good, viz : the greatest relative magnitude occurring about the time of the equinoxes ; the greatest amount corresponding to the autumnal equinox, and the least to about the time of the solstices, the smaller amount occur- ring near the summer solstice. The average magnitude of the disturbances of the declination was found subject to the same law. If we separate the disturbances which increase the force from those which decrease it, we may form the two following tables of the distribution of the disturbances in number and average amount over the several months of the years. TABLE XI. — ANNUAL INEQUALITY IN THE NUMBER OF DISTURBANCES, INCREASING AND DECREASING THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 1840-41. 1841-42. 1843-43. 1843-44. 1S44-45. Sum. Ratios. Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. Inc. DM. Inc. Dec Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. July (38) (25) 6 20 5 19 1 14 0 0 50 78 1.2 1.0 August 18 55 6 11 1 2 2 9 0 2 27 79 0.7 1.0 September 25 29 5 36 38 6 11 5 9 4 88 80 2.1* 1.1 October 18 50 11 17 37 16 1 1 8 8 75 92 1.8 1.2 November 13 36 1 31 4 11 0 0 0 21 18 99 0.4 1.3* December (25) (38) 8 18 0 5 0 0 15 8 48 69 1.1 0.9 January 19 16 6 8 3 5 0 1 3 10 31 40 0.8 0.6 February 15 35 4 33 2 18 0 3 0 9 21 98 0.5 1.2 March 17 44 10 16 3 17 0 14 1 1 31 92 0.8 1.2 April 18 30 14 24-- 1 13 1 7 0 16 34 90 0.8 1.3 May 24 22 16 13 10 15 1 1 5 5 56 56 1.3 0.7 June 9 9 6 10 1 3 j 0 0 7 21 23 43 0.5* 0.6* Sum 239 389 93 237 105 130 17 55 48 105 ; 502 916 12.0 12.0 In each year the number of disturbances increasing the force is less than the number which decreases it; the numbers of increase are to the numbers of decrease as 1 : 1.8. The numbers of the monthly ratio for the increasing disturbances exhibit the same law as found in Table IX. : with respect to the numbers for the decreasing force the law is apparently less distinctly marked ; the maximum seems to occur about two months later (before the winter solstice), at a time when the number for increasing force is apparently at its minimum. This indistinctness in the law may possibly be due to an irregular distribution in reference to the hours of the day, and could only disappear through a longer series of observations. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 29 TABLE XII. — ANNUAL INEQUALITY IN THE MEAN AMOUNT OP THE DISTURBANCES OF THE HORI- ZONTAL FORCE. AGGREGATE AMOUNT FOR INCREASING AND DECREASING DISTURBANCES, EX- PRESSED IN SCALE DIVISIONS. 1840-41. 1841-42. 1S43-43. 1843-44. 1844-45. 1840-45. Aver. am't. Ratios. Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. Inc. Dec. ; Inc. Dec. Inc. | Dec. Inc. Dec July (2202) (1887) 214 943 292 1003 41 628 0 0 ; 2749 4461 55d 57" 1.2 1.1 August 794 3290 261 494 51 80 69 402 0 142 1175 4408 44 54 1.0 1.0 Sept. 1082 2010 186 2889 1857 242 452 208 873 355 4450 5704 45 56 1.0 1.1 October 726 2994 421 863 1685 714 128 41 691 721 3651 5333 44 S3 1.0 1.0 Nov. 520 1870 35 1956 185 730 0 34 0 2173 740 6763 41 56 0.9 1.1 Deo. 2204 4311 289 936 0 239 0 0 1483 800 3976 6286 47 56 1.0 1.1 January 723 463 231 370 0 0 0 111 302 1100 1256 2044 48 60 1.1 0.8 Feb. 649 2015 140 1682 0 44 0 200 0 806 789 4747 42 52 1.0 1.0 March 643 2469 415 761 0 39 0 1412 37 90 1095 4771 39 52 0.9 1.0 April 732 1406 550 1525 54 622 75 786 41 1563 1452 5902 40 52 0.9 1.0 May 1000 1456 696 515 412 775 83 48 398 391 2589 3185 42 52 1.0 1.0 June 307 253 284 510 50 114 0 0 604 1786 1245 2663 44 44 1.0 0.8 Sum 11582 24424 3722 13444 4586 4602 848 3870 4429 9927 25167 56267 12.0 12.0 Number 254 414 93 237 97 92 20 82 96 211 ! 560 1036 Mean 46 59 40 57 47 50 42 47 46 47 45 54 The average amount of a disturbance increasing the horizontal force is 45 scale divisions, or 0.0069 in absolute measure ; the average amount of a disturbance decreasing the same is 54 scale divisions, or 0.0082 in absolute value. The ratio of these numbers is as 1 : 1.2, whereas at Toronto the ratio is 1 : 6.4. The law of the monthly inequality for amount of increasing or decreasing dis- turbances is, as in the preceding case, very indistinct and further obscured by the small absolute amount of variation. In the following Table, XIII., the larger disturbances have been distributed over the different hours of their occurrence; in this combination the bi-hourly series (of the even hours) of observation has been used throughout. Hour. Aggregate amount in sc. dlr. Number of occur- rence. Average amount. Ratio of numbers. 0 (Midnight) 8116 142 57 1.12 2 5967 109 55 0.86 4 4961 93 53 0.73* 6 4751* 94 51 0.74 8 5562 104 53 0.83 10 7721* 146 53 1.15 12 (Noon) 6825 161 42 1.27* 14 6636 127 52 1.00 16 6634 135 49 1.07 18 6894 132 52 1.05 20 7574 139 55 1.09 22 7358 139 53 1.09 Directing our attention to the columns of aggregate amount and of ratios of number of occurrence, we find a principal maximum about 11 A. M., which seems to correspond to the secondary maximum of corresponding ratios at Toronto occur- ring about three hours earlier; the principal minimum occurs about 5 A. M., which corresponds to the secondary minimum at Toronto occurring between 5 and 6 A. M. ; again, at Philadelphia, the secondary maximum at midnight is about two hours earlier than the principal maximum at Toronto, and the secondary minimum about 30 DISCUSSION OF THE DISTURBANCES 4 P. M. corresponds in time to the /in'/id/ml minimum at Toronto occurring between 2 and 6 P. M. Thus, the curves at the two stations, representing the diurnal vari- ation of the disturbances (irrespective of increase or decrease) of the horizontal force, is double crested with an exchange of the principal and secondary maximum and also of the principal and secondary minimum. In the next Table, XIV., the diurnal variation of the disturbances is exhibited separately for disturbances increasing and disturbances decreasing the horizontal force. DISTURBANCES INCREASING HORIZONTAL FORCE. DisrrRBA.iCES DECREASING HORIZONTAL FORCE. Excess of aggregate Hour. decrease over Number of occurrences. Aggregate amount. Batio. Number of occurrences. Aggregate amount. Katio. aggregate increase. 0 (Midn't) 57 2878 1.28 85 5238 1.21 2360 2 44 2173 0.97 65 3794 0.87 1621 4 42 1998 0.89 51 2963* 0.68 965 6 28 1213* 0.54 66 3538 0.81 2325 8 48 2345 1.04 56 3217 0.74 872 10 61 2732 1.22 85 4989 1.15 2257 12 (Noon) 74 3134* 1.39 87 3691 0.85 557 14 48 2239 1.00 79 4397 1.01 2158 16 49 2200 0.98 86 4434 1.03 2234 18 45 2005 0.89 87 4889 1.13 2884 20 39 1758 0.78 100 5816* 1.34 4058 22 50 2296 1.02 89 5062 1.18 2766 Sums. 585 26971 12.00 936 52028 12.00 25057 The disturbances increasing and those decreasing the horizontal force evidently follow different laws; at Toronto they were found completely opposed; they are less so at Philadelphia. The principal maximum of increasing disturbances (at noon) seem to be contemporaneous with a secondary minimum of the decreasing disturb- ances ; again the principal maximum of the decreasing disturbances (at 8 P. M.) corresponds to a secondary minimum of the increasing disturbances. In reference to the main feature, the maximum disturbance of those increasing the force and of those decreasing the force, the Philadelphia ratios show even a greater resemblance to the results at St. Helena and the Cape of Good Hope than to those at Toronto. At the two southern stations the maximum in the disturbances which increase occurs at 11 A. M. and the maximum in the disturbances which decrease occurs about 6 or 7 P. M. (See Vol. II. of the St. Helena Observations.) Table XIV. contains also the hourly excess of the aggregate amount of the dis- turbances which decrease the horizontal force over those which increase the same. If we divide the numbers by the whole number of days of observation (nearly 1500) we obtain the diurnal disturbance variation expressed in scale divisions. TABLE XV. — DIURNAL DISTURBANCE VARIATION. Hour. S. D. In absolute measure. Hour. S. D. In absolute measure. 0 (Midn't) 1.6 0.00024 12 (Noon) 0.4 0.00006 2 1.1 17 14 1.4 21 4 0.7 11 16 1.5 23 6 1.6 24 18 2.0 30 8 0.6 09 20 2.8 43 10 1.5 23 22 1.9 29 OP THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 31 The average amount by which the disturbances tend to decrease the diurnal variation of the horizontal force is 1.4 scale divisions or 0.00021 in the absolute scale. The maximum eifect takes place at 8 P. M., at exactly the same hour when the declination disturbances reach their greatest effect. In the preceding Tables, XIII., XIV., and XV., to the hours indicated 21 g minutes should be added, the observations being made so much later than the even hours. The preceding discussion shows that for two stations, even at a comparatively short distance, as for Philadelphia and Toronto, there are, generally speaking, some close coincidences in the laws derived from independent observations ; but there are also certain differences in other results ; yet it must not be forgotten that for a strict comparability we require, if not simultaneous observations, at least observa- tions extending over similar parts or the whole of an eleven year period. The Philadelphia series includes a minimum year of that inequality, with the greater extent of observations before that epoch, whereas at Toronto the series begins after the minimum epoch and barely extends to a maximum year. For the purpose of obtaining a better view of the absolute amount of the disturb- ances and their frequency of occurrence,1 they were classified in nine groups of equal differences of 20 scale divisions ; the number of disturbances in each was found as follows : — LIMITS ADOPTED. In scale divisions. In parts of horizontal force. Iu the absolute scale. 33 to 53 0.0012 to 0.0019 0.005 to 0.008 1159 53 ' 73 19 27 08 11 348 73 ' 93 27 34 11 14 93 93 113 34 41 14 17 45 113 133 41 48 17 20 27 133 153 48 55 20 23 14 153 173 55 62 23 26 4 173 193 62 70 26 29 6 193 213 0.0070 0.0077 0.029 0.032 2 Beyond. 0 The numbers in the last column cannot be considered as entirely independent of the eleven year period, and in attempting to apply the theory of probabilities in 1 A table analogous to that given above, showing the distribution of the disturbances in declina- tion, is here added for comparison : — • Lmmi ADOPTED. V tuv nf rliodirlia nfaa In scale divisions. In minutes of arc. 8 to 16 3'.6 to 7'.2 1856 16 24 7.2 10.8 333 24 32 10.8 14.4 105 32 40 14.4 18.1 42 40 48 18.1 21.7 16 48 56 21.7 25.3 2 56 64 25.3 29.0 2 64 72 29.0 32.6 1 Bpyond 0 3'2 DISTURBANCES OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE, ETC. reference to the number of disturbances which ought to occur between the assigned limits, it became apparent that the larger disturbances greatly preponderate, a fact no doubt intimately connected with the difficulty in correctly allowing for the pro- gressive change during the first year of observation. PART V . INVESTIGATION OP THE SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION AND OF THE ANNUAL INEQUALITY OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. (33) INVESTIGATION SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION, AND OF THE ANNUAL INEQUALITY OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. THE discussion of the diurnal and annual variations of the horizontal force is based on the resulting montlily normal values for each observation hour as given in the preceding part (IV.), in which the horizontal force has been discussed in relation to the ten or eleven year period, and which also contains the investigation of the disturbances; in the same part all necessary statements are given relating to the instrumental data and the absolute values of the horizontal force. The normals, as has been shown, are referred to a uniform standard temperature ; they are corrected for irregularity in the progressive change, and are necessarily freed from all the larger disturbances. The use of the normals instead of the sim- ple means of the readings (corrected for difference of temperature) will insure greater regularity in the variations of the horizontal force, now under consideration. The diurnal variation requires an arrangement of the five year series of monthly normals according to the months of the year and hours of the day; in general, the method of interpolation for an occasional omission in either a month or hour, is the same as that used in Part II. of the discussion of the Girard College observations ; there is, however, this difference in the tabulation of the monthly values, that in the present case the results are consolidated in a five years' arrangement, and in consequence the year commences with the month of July. This arrangement was preferred, particularly since it was found desirable to make no use of the observa- tions in the first month of the series. Tabulation of monthly normals for each observing hour and each observing year, beginning and ending with July. The individual values are taken from Table VII. of the preceding Part IV. After applying the corrections of — 19 scale divisions to the normals for January, 1841, and of +8 scale divisions to those of June, 1841, to allow for defective num- ber of observations in these months, a further correction of + 68 scale divisions was applied to all values between July, 1840, and May, 1841, inclusive, and of + 60 to all values between July, 1840, and December, 1840, inclusive, to allow for defects in the regularity of the progressive change, thus making the total correction for the latter months = 128 scale divisions. The above corrections, when divided by 5, (35) 86 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT in order to give the correction to the means derived from five years, become, there fore: for months between July and December inclusive, + 26; for January + 10; for February, March, April, and May +14; for June + 2. These corrections are constant for each hour of the day in any one month, and consequently do not affect the diurnal variation; but they have nevertheless been applied at once to facilitate subsequent deductions. Their origin has also been explained in the remarks accom- panying Table V. of the preceding part. The following example of the process of interpolation for the odd hour values will suffice for all similar cases: Required the mean normal from the 5 year series for 5h 21 |m A. M. in June (see tabular values and results below). The mean nor- mals for the two last years at 4h 21 |m, 5h 21 lm, and 6h 21 im, are 1176, 1173, and 1169 respectively; the mean at 5h 21^m is therefore 3 divisions less than the mean at 4h 21 |m, and since the mean of the 5 year series at 4h 21 |m is 853, the result for 5h 21 |m becomes 849; again, adding 4 divisions to 847, the mean at 6h 21 |m, we find 851; the mean of the two values, or 850, is that given in the table, to which + 2 has been added, making the final result 852. The means of the odd hours, thus found from the adjacent even hours, in general, do not differ by as much as a scale division. The time given in the tables of the normals is mean local time, counting from midnight to midnight to twenty-four hours. The observations were taken (on the average) 21 1 minutes after the full hours, as indicated in the tables. Increase of scale readings indicates decrease of horizontal force; the value of a scale division equals 0.0000365 parts of the horizontal force, or 0.0001523 in absolute measure, the mean horizontal force being 4.173 (in absolute measure). Proper weights have been given to the normals of the even and odd hours, in proportion to the number of observations, as will be seen hereafter. Other special remarks will be found at the end of the month to which they refer. Tabulation of the hourly normals for each month and the mean of the five year series, expressed in scale division readings and reduced to the standard temperature of 63° (Fahrenheit's scale), also corrected for all irregularities in the progressive change. The regular progressive and secular change, therefore, remains in the tabular quantities. OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 37 NORMALS OF TUB HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR JULY. Year. O1" 1" 2" 3" 41, 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21 i" 1840 113 442 692 927 1102 1103 97 442 686 924 1105 1106 89 435 682 924 1106 1105 50 435 678 923 1104 1104 112 447 695 935 1109 1116 116 458 708 941 1118 1114 1841 1842 1843 1844 605 653 651 649 647 642 638 647 660 666 6i:8 664 Referred mean .... Constant correction -(- 26 681 679 677 675 673 668 664 673 686 692 694 690 Year. 12" Noon. 13" 14" 15» 16» 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 21J» 1840 94 449 700 934 1106 1100 59 428 680 923 1096 1093 52 430 677 916 1092 1093 92 444 690 921 1096 1099 93 448 694 928 1101 1102 108 439 700 931 1103 1104 1841 1842 1843 1844 657 646 637 634 633 640 649 651 653 655 656 657 Referred mean .... Constant correction -|- 26 Normals 683 672 663 660 659 666 675 677 679 681 682 683 Monthly mean normal from the even hours f-f- 21£m) 676.3, weight 5. " " " odd " " 676.3, " 1. NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR AUGUST. Year. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21$-» 1840 108 490 699 931 1133 1134 112 494 694 930 1134 1133 117 487 695 931 1133 1131 106 482 692 927 1130 1135 138 501 711 947 1143 1152 153 518 721 954 1153 700 1147 692 1841 1842 1843 1844 672 673 673 672 673 669 667 676 688 698 Referred mean .... Constant correction -t- 26 698 699 699 698 699 695 693 702 714 724 726 718 Year. 12h Noon. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20* 21" 22" 23" + 21j» 1S40 134 502 700 938 1138 1129 103 483 688 921 1121 1119 111 483 689 924 1121 1127 114 497 701 929 1134 1135 121 500 703 932 1135 1134 677 126 495 702 933 1135 1135 1841 1842 1843 1844 Mean 682 672 663 662 666 670 075 677 678 678 676 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f- 26 708 698 689 688 692 696 701 703 704 703 704 702 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (+ 2Um) 702.2, weight 5. " " " odd "- " 702.2, " 1. 38 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL C O M I' 0 N E NT NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR SK.I»TKMKKB. Year. 0" 1» 2" 3" 4" 6" 7" 8" !)>> 10" 11" +21$"' 1840 155 510 726 974 1106 1104 147 514 733 967 1107 1105 139 515 722 965 1101 1101 141 508 717 960 1100 1107 18d 531 739 980 1117 1125 202 542 750 992 1128 1125 1841 .... . . 1842 1843 1844 .... . . 694 694 692 688 692 687 685 695 709 718 723 720 Referred mean .... Constant correction •+- 26 720 718 720 718 714 713 711 721 735 744 749 746 Year. 12" Noon. 13h 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19h 20" 21" 22" 23" + 211" 1840 177 537 737 985 1115 1104 155 516 730 972 1097 1095 153 519 727 972 1095 1100 158 520 737 975 1102 1104 157 515 737 974 1104 1108 150 515 734 973 1107 1108 1841 1842 1843 1844 710 700 694 692 693 697 698 699 697 699 696 696 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 26 Normals 736 726 720 718 719 723 724 725 723 725 722 722 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (+ 21im) 724.4, weight 5. " " " odd " " 724.9, " 1. NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR OCTOBER. Year. 0" 1" 2" 3h 4h 5* 6>< 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21 A" 1840 142 521 764 983 1133 978 1132 137 517 759 983 1131 978 1127 122 518 757 976 1124 978 1125 138 514 757 977 1129 980 1134 153 526 764 983 1141 787 1149 166 537 781 991 1152 992 1145 1841 7842 1843 1844 709 705 705 701 699 702 703 708 713 725 720 724 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 26 735 ; 731 731 727 725 728 729 734 739 746 751 750 Year. 12" Noon. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 2H° 1840 159 547 783 991 1145 989 1137 158 530 776 985 1134 983 1130 148 525 776 983 1132 983 1134 146 527 768 985 1135 985 1137 148 529 769 985 1138 986 1134 151 528 764 983 1137 984 1135 1841 ....... 1842 1843 1844 . 725 721 717 714 713 713 712 713 714 713 713 712 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f- 26 Normals 751 747 743 740 739 739 738 739 740 739 739 738 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (+ 21Jm) 738.3, weight 5. " " " odd " " 738.2, " 2. OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. NORMALS OP THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR NOVEMBER. Year. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10'' 11" + 21J" 1840 155 519 774 987 1131 986 1130 150 517 770 985 1127 983 1126 144 515 771 982 1125 980 1123 133 509 768 980 1122 983 1125 144 518 777 987 1130 991 1135 154 529 789 992 993 1138 1142 1841 1842 1843 1844 713 712 710 708 707 704 702 706 711 717 720 725 Referred mean .... Constant correction 4- 2(i 739 738 736 734 733 730 728 732 737 743 746 751 - Year. l 12" ! 13" Noou. 14" 15'' 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" 4- 21J" 1840 175 531 787 991 1136 989 1133 157 514 781 987 1129 986 1127 151 518 778 984 1124 985 1131 148 513 775 986 1128 986 1129 144 516 776 987 1130 987 1130 160 518 776 988 1131 988 1131 1841 1842 1843 1844 724 720 714 712 711 713 710 710 711 713 715 714 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 20 750 I 74« 740 7"s 737 739 736 736 737 739 741 740 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (-(- " " " odd " 21$") 738.3, weight 5. " 738.8 " 2. NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR DECEMBER. Year. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" -f 21 i» 1840 196 546 780 995 1213 993 1202 188 541 777 992 1200 991 1198 176 538 775 989 1196 987 1194 166 535 773 987 1190 987 1193 178 537 776 991 1194 991 1197 208 548 790 992 1209 997 1217 1841 1842 1843 1844 746 741 740 738 735 733 730 732 735 740 749 757 Referred mean .... Constant correction -\- 26 772 7C7 766 764 761 759 756 758 761 766 775 783 Year. 12" Noou. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" ' 22" 23" + 214" 1840 217 562 795 999 1220 998 1212 393 549 786 996 1209 993 1202 182 545 773 991 1201 990 1201 185 547 776 992 1203 995 1198 200 550 781 995 1200 995 1204 194 552 782 997 1206 998 1206 1841 1842 1843 1844 759 752 747 742 738 739 741 742 745 746 746 745 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f Hi! 785 778 773 768 7C4 765 767 768 771 772 772 771 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (4- 211m) 768.6, weight 5. " " " odd " " 768.2, " 2. 40 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR JANUARY. Year. 0" 1" 2" 3" 41, 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" IP + 21J" 1841 298 561 (820) 1006 1233 1005 1228 300 556 (817) 1004 1231 1002 1230 294 555 (814) 1000 1228 1000 1226 284 558 (815) 999 1225 999 1226 281 553 (814) 1002 1231 1005 1241 302 573 (827) 1008 1248 1011 1252 1842 1843 . 1844 1845 784 782 782 780 778 777 776 774 776 785 792 798 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 10 794 792 792 790 788 787 786 784 786 795 802 808 Year. 12" Noon. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 21*". 1841 326 577 (830) 1009 1249 1006 1242 311 559 818 1003 1239 999 1233 289 554 (813) 998 1229 1000 1230 296 564 (820) 1002 1233 1003 1231 301 563 (820) 1003 1230 1004 1230 302 5G4 (821) 1004 1229 1005 1229 1842 1843 1844 1845 798 791 786 780 777 780 783 784 783 784 784 786 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 10 808 801 796 790 787 790 793 794 793 794 794 796 Monthly mean normal from the even hours 793.3, weight 4. " " " odd " 793.4, " 2. The values for 1843 within brackets are interpolated by means of the continued readings at 14b 21 |m; at this hour the difference of reading from the preceding year is 259, which added to the values of 1842 gave resulting normals for 1843; in the same manner the reading in 1843 at 14h 21 |m when compared with the reading in the following year (1844) leaves the difference 185, which quantity when sub- tracted from each hourly value in 1844 gives a second determination for the year 1843; the mean of the two determinations for each hour has been inserted above. OF T 11 E M A G N E T 1C FORCE. 41 NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR FEBRUARY. Year. Oh 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7h 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21 4" 1S41 2U9 580 (820) 1031 1230 1031 1230 261 573 (816) 1031 1231 1029 1229 264 572 (813) 1026 1229 1026 1226 257 567 (810) 1026 1223 1028 1227 265 568 (812) 1029 1231 1030 1236 288 582 (822) 1034 1243 1034 1244 1842 1843 1844 1S45 786 784 782 782 781 779 777 779 781 786 794 808 796 810 Referred moan .... Constant correction -|- 14 800 798 796 796 795 793 791 793 795 800 Year. 12" Noon. 297 589 (826) 1035 1250 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 21 J» 1841 1032 1242 289 578 817 1028 1238 1028 1231 275 578 (818) 1030 1233 1031 1229 274 580 (820) 1032 1231 1033 1233 275 590 (826) 1034 1235 1033 1231 272 578 (819) 1032 1231 786 1030 1232 1842 1843 . . 1844 1845 799 794 790 786 787 786 787 790 792 788 78« Referred mean .... Constant correction + 14 Normals 813 808 804 800 801 800 801 804 806 802 800 ; 800 Monthly mean normal from even hours (-(- 21 jm) 800.8, weight 4. " " " odd " " 800.4, " 2. The values of 1843 inclosed in brackets are derived from the reading at 14h 21 1' in the same manner as explained in the preceding month. DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COM J' 0 N K N T NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR MARCH. Year. 0* P » 3» 4" 5" 6" 7" 8* 91' 10" 11" + 21i- 1841 268 565 (827) 1048 1236 1047 1236 272 559 (823) 1046 1234 1046 1235 267 557 (822) 1046 1234 1043 1234 257 554 (819) 1043 1231 1047 1233 271 563 (827) 1050 1241 1054 1249 294 574 (836) 1057 1255 1063 1261 1842 1843 1844 1845 789 788 787 786 785 783 781 785 790 798 803 808 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 14 803 802 801 800 799 797 795 799 804 812 817 822 Year. 12* Noon. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18* 19* 20h 21" 22* 23'' + 21 J" 1841 .... 286 575 (839) 1063 1260 1061 1253 267 561 829 1057 1245 1050 1239 266 565 (828) 1051 1240 1050 1242 282 571 (831) 1050 1244 1052 1240 264 567 (828) 1050 1239 1048 1237 272 566 (828) 1050 1240 1048 1239 1842 1843 1844 1845 805 800 792 787 790 793 796 794 790 789 791 790 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f- 14 Normals 819 814 806 801 804 807 810 808 804 803 805 804 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (-)- 21jm) 805.6, weight 4. " " " " " odd " " 805.8, " 2. The values for 1843 are interpolated as in the preceding two months NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR APRIL. Year. 0" - 1* 2* 3" 4" 5* 6* 7* 8* 9" 10" 11* + 21*" 1841 273 595 861 1070 1252 1069 1250 271 598 861 1068 1249 1065 1247 262 597 854 1063 1245 1062 1243 262 594 854 1064 1241 1061 1244 283 604 868 1067 1253 1074 1268 317 620 883 1078 1278 1078 1281 1842 1843 1844 1845 ....... Mean Referred mean .... 810 809 809 806 804 803 803 806 815 827 835 837 Constant correction + 14 824 823 823 820 818 817 817 820 829 841 849 851 Year. 12" Noon. 13" 14" 16* 16* 17* 18* 19* 20" 21* 22* 23* + 21 J» 1841 315 618 878 1077 1268 1071 1267 279 603 863 1066 1255 1062 1252 268 598 860 1064 1248 1062 1253 271 607 861 1068 1256 1068 1254 283 608 865 1071 1254 1071 1253 280 611 859 1068 1250 1069 1254 1842 1843 1844 1845 831 825 813 810 808 808 813 813 816 816 814 813 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 14 Normals 845 839 827 824 822 822 827 827 830 830 828 827 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (+ 21 J"1) 828.2, weight 5. odd " " 828.4, " 2. OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 43 NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR MAY. Year. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10* 11* + 21J- 1841 311 614 864 1065 1244 1065 1243 305 610 862 1063 1241 1062 1239 306 611 858 1062 1236 1061 1233 297 605 857 1061 1229 1064 1236 306 621 875 1068 1251 1076 1261 323 630 872 1077 1262 1070 1258 1842 1843 1844 1845 820 819 816 815 815 812 810 815 824 832 833 829 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f- 14 834 833 830 829 829 826 824 829 838 846 847 843 Year 12* Noon. 13h 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22* 23* + 21J-" 1841 313 622 864 1064 1253 1057 1244 301 606 855 1053 1238 1053 1236 294 607 856 1051 1237 1054 1239 306 615 862 1059 1245 1063 1246 309 618 867 1064 1246 1064 1248 313 619 863 1065 1247 1063 1242 1842 1843 1844 1845 823 816 811 810 809 811 817 818 821 822 821 818 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f- 14 Normals 837 830 825 824 823 825 831 832 835 836 835 832 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (+ 21Jm) 832.3, weight 5. " " " " " odd " " 832.1, " 2. NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR JUNE. Year. 0* 1" 2* 3" 4" 5* 6* 7* 8* 9* 10* 11* + 21i"> 1841 392 649 881 1078 1280 1077 1281 390 652 879 1076 1281 1077 1281 392 646 876 1077 1275 1075 1271 386 638 873 1073 1266 1077 1273 400 649 883 1080 1282 1082 1293 401 659 894 1084 1295 1081 1292 1842 1843 1844 1845 856 856 856 856 853 850 847 853 859 865 867 864 Referred mean .... Constant correction + 2 858 858 858 858 855 852 849 855 861 867 869 866 Year. 12* Noon. 13* 14" 15" 16* 17* 18* 19* 20" 21* 22* 23" + 21J- 1841 395 650 884 1077 1286 1072 1280 382 639 870 1067 1272 1065 1269 385 638 870 1065 1269 1067 1273 392 649 881 1071 1278 1073 1281 402 648 881 1075 1280 1077 1277 392 650 885 1077 1279 1078 1280 1842 1843 1844 1845 858 853 846 845 845 849 854 856 857 856 857 857 Referred mean .... Constant correction -f- 2 860 ff.r, 848 847 847 851 856 858 859 858 859 859 Monthly mean normal from the even hours (4- 21 j1") 856.6, weight 5. " " " odd " " 857.0, " 2. 44 D 1 S C V S S I 0 N OK T II K II O U I X O N T A L C' O .M 1' O X E N T TABLE I. — RECAPITULATION OF THE HOURLY NORMALS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE (EXPRESSED IN SCALE DIVISIONS) FOR EACH MONTH OF THE YEAR. Increase of scale readings denotes decrease of force. 1840-1845. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21$"' July . 681 679 677 675 673 668 664 673 686 692 694 690 August . 698 699 699 698 699 695 693 702 714 724 726 718 September 720 718 720 718 714 713 711 721 735 744 749 746 October 735 731 731 727 725 728 729 734 739 746 751 750 November 739 738 736 734 733 730 728 732 737 743 746 751 December 772 767 766 764 761 759 756 758 761 766 775 783 January 794 792 792 790 788 ' 787 786 784 786 795 802 808 February -800 798 796 796 795 793 791 793 795 800 808 810 March . 803 802 801 800 799 797 795 799 804 812 817 822 April 824 823 823 820 818 817 817 820 829 841 849 851 May . 834 833 830 829 829 826 824 829 838 846 847 843 June 858 858 858 858 855 852 849 855 861 867 869 866 Year . 771.5 769.8 769.1 767.4 765.7 763.7 761.9 766.7 773.7 781.3 786.1 786.5 j Summer 769.2 768.3 767.8 ! 766.3 764.7 761.8 759.7 766.7 777.2 785.7 789.0 785.7 Winter . 773.8 771.3 770.3 768.5 766.8 765.7 764.2 766.7 770.3 777.0 783.2 787.3 1840-1845. 12" 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 21j°> Noon. July . . 683 672 663 660 659 666 675 677 679 681 682 683 August . . 708 698 689 688 692 696 701 703 704 703 704 702 September 736 726 720 718 719 723 724 725 723 725 722 722 October 751 747 743 740 739 739 738 739 740 739 739 738 November . 750 746 740 738 737 739 736 736 737 739 741 740 December . 785 778 773 768 764 765 767 768 771 772 772 771 January 808 801 796 790 787 790 793 794 793 794 794 796 February . 813 808 804 800 801 800 801 804 806 802 800 800 March . 819 814 806 801 804 807 810 808 804 803 805 804 April . . 845 839 827 824 822 822 827 827 830 830 828 827 May . . . 837 830 825 824 823 ' 825 831 832 835 836 835 832 June 860 855 848 847 847 851 856 858 859 858 859 859 Year . . 782.9 776.2 769.5 766.5 766.2 768.6 771.6 772.6 773.4 773.5 773.4 772.8 Summer 778.2 770.0 762.0 760.2 760.3 763.8 769.0 770.3 771.7 772.2 771.7 770.8 Winter . . 787.7 782.3 777.0 772.8 772.0 773.3 774.2 774.8 775.2 774.8 775.2; 774.8 In the preceding table the normals for the summer half year comprise the months between April and September inclusive ; those for the winter half year comprise the months between October and March inclusive. The following table contains the mean values of the normals for each month and season. TABLE II. 1840-1844. Normal. 1841-1845. Normal. 1840-1 845. Normal. July . . 676.3 793.3 Year 772 1 August 702.2 February 800.6 Summer .... 770.1 September 724.6 March . 805.7 Winter .... 774.1 October . 738.2 April . 828.3 November 738.5 May . 8322 December . 768.4 June . 856.8 Regular Solar-Diurnal Variation of the Horizontal Force. — If we subtract the hourly normals of Table I. from their respective monthly mean value as given in Table II., the difference (in scale divisions) will represent the regular solar-diurnal OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE. 45 variation for each mouth in the year. In like manner we obtain the diurnal varia- tion of the horizontal force — free of the larger disturbances — for the summer and winter half, and for the whole year. Table III. will exhibit these differences after their conversion from scale divisions into parts of the horizontal force (one scale division equalling 0.0000365 parts of the horizontal force). The tabular numbers are expressed in units of the sixth place of decimals. A plus sign indi- cates a greater force, a minus sign a less force than the mean value. Casting the eye over the vertical columns, we obtain also a view of the annual inequality of the diurnal variation, which will be examined further on. TABLE III. — REGULAR SOLAR-DIUHNAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE EXPRESSED IN PARTS OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. A plus sign indicates greater force than the mean. For convenience sake, the first three decimals (0.000) have been placed on the side of the tahle. 1840-1845. 0" I* 2h 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21J- July —171 —098 —025 +047 +120 +303 +449 +120 —353 —572 —646 —499 August +153 +116 +116 +153 +116 +262 +335 +007 —430 —795 —868 —576 September +168 +241 +168+241 +387 +423 : +481 +131 —380 —708 —891 —781 October +116 +262 +262 +408 +481 +372 +335 +153 —029 —284 —467 —430 November —018 +018 +091 +164 +200 +310 +383 +237 +054 —164 —273 —456 ! December —131 +051 +088 +161 +270 +343 +453 +380 +270 +088 —241 —533 5 January —025 +047 +047 +120 +193 +230 +266 +339 +266 —061 ; —318 —536 "•2 February +022 +095 +146 ' +168 +204 +277 +350 1 +277 +204 +022 —270 —343 o March +098 +134 +171 +207 +244 +317 +390 +244 +061 —230 —412 —595 April +157 +193 +193 ! +303 +376 +412 +412 +303 —025 — 4ti3 —755 —828 May —065 —029 +080 +116 +116 1 +226 +299 +116 —211 —503 —540 —394 June —043 —043 —043 —043 +065 +175 +284 +065 —153 —372 —445 —335 Year +022 +082 +108 +170 +231 +304 4-370 +198 —060 —337 —511 —526 Summer +033 +063 +082 +136 +197 +300 +377 +127 —259 —570 —691 —569 Winter +010 + 101 +134 +205 +265 +308 +363 +272 +138 —105 —330 — 482 1840-1845. 12" 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 21J- Noon. July —244 +157 +485 +595 +631 +376 +047 —025 —098 —171 —244 —244 August —211 +153 +481 +518 +372 +226 +043 —029 —065 —029 —065 +007 September —416 —051 +168 +241 +204 +058 +022 —015 +058 —015 +095 +095 October —467 —321 —175 —065 —029 —029 +007 —029 —065 i— 029 —029 +007 November —419 —273 —054 +018 +054 —018 +091 +091 +054 —018 —091 —054 December —600 —350 —168 +015 +161 + 124 +051 +015 —095 —131 —131 —095 o January —536 —317 —098 +120 +230 +120 +011 —025 +011 —025 —025 —098 February —453 —270 —124 +022 —015 +022 —015 —124 —197 —051 +022 +022 o March —485 i —303 —Oil +171 +061 —047 —157 —088 +061 +098 +025 +061 April —609 —390 +047 +157 +230 +230 +047 +047 —061 —061 +011 '+047 May —175 +080 +262 + 299 +335 +262 +043 +007 —102 —138 —102 +007 June —116 +065 +321 +357 +357 +211 +029 —043 —080 —043 —080 —080 Year —395 —152 +095 +204 +216 +128 +018 —019 —049 ;—051 —051 —027 Summer — 290 +002 +294 +361 +355 +227 +037 —009 —058 —076 —064 —028 Winter —494 —306 —105 +047 +077 +029 —002 —027 —039 —026 —038 —026 46 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT TABLE IV. Table IV. is derived from Table III. by multiplication with the absolute value of the horizontal force (4.173) ; it contains, therefore, the regular solar-diurnal variation of the horizontal force in absolute measure. A plus sign indicates greater force than the mean. Two places of decimals have been placed on the side of the table. 1840-1845. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" + 21J"' July —071 —041 —010 +020 +050 +127 +188 +050 —147 —239 —270 —208 August +064 +048 +048 +064 : +048 +109 +140 +003 —180 —332 —362 —241 September +070 +101 +070 +101 +162 +177 +201 +055 —159 —296 —372 —326 October +048 +109 +109 +170 +201 +155 +140 +064 —012 —119 — 1!)5 —180 November —008 +008 +038 +068 +083 +129 +160 +099 +022 —068 —114 —190 December —055 +021 +037 +067 +113 +143 +189 +159 +113 +037 —101 —223 S~ January —010 +020 +020 +050 +081 +096 +111 +141 +111 —025 —132 —224 February +009 +040 +061 +070 +085 + 116! +146 +116 +085 +009 —113 —143 March +041 +056 +071 +086 +102 +132 +163 +102 +025 — 096 —172 —248 April +066 +081 +081 +127 ' +157 +172 +172 +127 —010 —193 —315 —346 May —027 —012 +033 +048 +048 +094 +125 +048 —088 —210 —226 —165 June —018 —018 —018 —018 +027 +073 +119 +027 —064 —155 —186 —140 Year +009 +034 +045 +071 +096 +127 +155 +083 —025 —141 —213 —220 Summer +014 +026 +034 +057 +082 +125 +157 +053 —108 —238 —289 —238 Winter +004 +042 +056 +086 +111 + 129 +152 +114 +058 —044 —138 —201 1840-1845. 12" 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" + 2U1" Noon. July —102 +065 +203 +248 +263 +157 +020 _010 ' —041 —071 —102 —102 August —088 +064 +201 +216 +155 +094 +018 —012 ! —027 —012 —027 +003 September _174 _021 +070 + 101 +085 +024 +009 —006 +024 —006 +040 +040 October —195 —134 —073 —027 —012 —012 +003 —012 —027 —012 —012 +003 November —175 —114 —022 +008 +022 —008 +038 +038 +022 —008 —038 —022 December —253 —146 —070 +006 +067 +052 +021 +006 —040 —055 —055 —040 8 January —224 —132 —041 +050 +096 +050 +005 —010 +005 —010 —010 —041 February —189 —113 —052 +009 —006 +009 —006 —052 —082 —021 + 009 r009 March —203 —127 —005 +071 +025 —020 —065 —037 +025 +041 +010 -025 April —254 —163 +020 +065 +096 +096 +020 +020 —025 —025 +005 -020 May —073 +033 +109 +125 -J-140 +109 +018 +003 —043 —058 —043 -003 June —048 +027 +134 +149 +149 +088 +012 —018 —033 —018 —033 —033 Year —165 —063 +040 +085 +090 +053 +008 —008 —020 —021 —021 —Oil Summer —123 ; +001 +123 +151 + 148 +095 +015 1 —004 —024 —032 —027 —012 Winter 1—206 —128 —044 +020 +032 +012 —000 —Oil —016 —Oil —016 —010 Annual Inequality in tJie Diurnal Variation of tlie Horizontal Force. — The dis- tinctive feature of the diurnal variation is shown in the annexed diagram (A), constructed from the mean annual and half-yearly values given in the preceding table, IV. It exhibits in the annual mean, as its characteristic type, a maximum value about 6 A. M., a minimum value about 11 A. M., a secondary maximum value about 3| P. M., and a secondary minimum about 9 P. M. For the half year when the sun has north decimation, the morning minimum becomes smaller and the afternoon maximum larger, thus increasing the diurnal range ; the converse takes place in the other half of the year, when the sun has south declination. The 6 A. M. maximum remains nearly unchanged throughout the year. The average summer range (April to September inclusive) is 0.0046, and the average winter range (October to March inclusive) is 0.0025, both expressed in absolute measure. The range between the morning maximum and the morning minimum is 0.0045 in summer and 0.0036 in winter, as will be explained further on. O F T HE MAGNETIC F O R C K . (A.) — DIURNAL VARIATION OP THE HORIZONTAL FOBCE IN SUMMEK, WINTER, AND FOB THE WHOLE YKAII. 47 9 "o £ +0.00180 SUMMER 1 120 ./ / \ \ 090 060 030 0 00000 . xr ftS \\ \ '• \ > If YEAH \ WINTER^^N^ • 030 \\\ • \ * 1 / % ^^-•'•^ • 060 , \\ 1 1 1 090 - \ \ / / / • 120 u ' III • 150 ! / j 180 \\ \j/i - 210 \ — / 240 \ • 270 \ / • —0.00300 1 . 1 1 1 . 1 1 ' iiii 0" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24" A. M. P. M. Philadelphia mean time. This semi-annual change in the diurnal amplitude is more conspicuously repre- sented in the annexed diagram (B), derived from diagram (A) by straightening out the annual curve and using it as an axis of abscissae for laying off the differences between the annual values and the summer and winter values at the same respective hours of the day. (B.) — SEMI-ANNUAL INEQUALITY IN THE DIURNAL VARIATION OP THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. +0.00090 /\ - 75 60 7 \ / " \. - 45 30 i! / \ / \^ - 15 • j \l ^ 0.00000 15 "\ A /^ 30 / \ ft • 45 60 *"\ i/ \ ' S - 75 —0.00090 - III! v \/ III! iiii C h 1 2 3 4 I A.M. 67891 0 11 12 13 14 1 P.M. 5 16 17 18 19 2 0 21 22 23 24* Philadelphia mean time. This diagram (B) may, with advantage, be compared with the analogous one representing the annual change of the diurnal variation of the declination as given in Part II. of this discussion. The construction is the same in either case. At 6 A. M. there is hardly any change throughout the year. The maximum variation, in the course of a year, takes place at 9 A. M. (range 0.00194 in absolute measure); about 11| A. M. there is an epoch of no variation ; at 2 P. M. a second maximum is reached (range 0.00107); again at 7| and IIP. M. points of no 48 DISCUSSION OF T II K II O K 1 X O X T A 1. C' O M PONE N T variation are reached. Owing to the prominent annual variation near 2 P. M., the range of the diurnal variation between the morning minimum at 11 A. M. and the afternoon maximum at 3| P. M. is of more interest in the discussion of the diurnal fluctuation of the horizontal force than the 6 A. M. and 1 1 A. M. range, which latter range, as we have seen, is slightly greater than the first one. To find the turning epochs of the annual variation, the monthly values for the hours 9 A. M. and 2 P. M., when it is best developed, were taken from Table IV., and each value was again compared with its annual mean. TABLE V. — ANNUAL VARIATION AT THE HOURS 9 A. M. AND 2 P. M. MONTH. 9 A. M. 0.00 Differences. 0.00 2 P. M. 0.00 Differences. 0.00 Mean difference. 0.00 January .... February .... —025 +009 —096 —193 —210 —155 —239 —332 —296 —119 —068 +037 + 116 + 150 +045 —052 —009 —014 —098 —191 —155 +022 +073 +178 —041 —052 —005 +020 +109 + 134 + 203 +201 +070 —073 —022 —070 —081 —092 —045 —020 +069 +094 + 103 + 161 +030 —113 —062 —110 +099 +121 +045 —016 —069 —054 —130 — n<; —092 +046 + 068 + 144 Auril May •July . August September October November December Mean —141 +040 Casting the eye over the columns headed "differences," we see by the change of sign and the magnitude of the values that the transition from a positive to a nega- tive value occurs some time after the equinoxes, and that the maximum variation is reached about the time of the solstices — a result in close correspondence with the conclusions reached in the discussion of the annual inequality in the diurnal varia- tion of the declination (Part II. of the discussion). For convenience in the analy- tical treatment, a column headed "mean difference" has been added to Table V., obtained by changing the signs of the 2 P. M. differences (the annual variation being then opposite to the morning values), and taking the mean of the 9 A. M. and 2 P. M. differences. The values in this column are tolerably well represented by the following formula: — Aa= +0.00129 tin (6 + 79°) + 0.00018 *m (20 + 191°), the angle 6 counting from January 1, at the rate of 30° a month. Accordingly, we find the transition to take place shortly before the middle of April and October, or about twenty-two days after the equinoxes. This is about twelve days later than the epoch found in Part II. for the declination. Analysis of the Solar-Diurnal Variation of the Horizontal Force. — For convenience of investigation and proper comparison with similar results at other localities, the values given in Table I. have been put in an analytical form, and are represented by the following expressions. It will be seen that the difference between any monthly normal mean and the corresponding mean in Table V. of Part IV., which latter mean is affected with the disturbances, does not exceed 2^ scale divisions. Tins small difference includes also a small effect due to the necessity of different OF T1IE MAGNETIC FORCE. 49 methods of interpolation in the construction of the two tables. In the determination of the numerical quantities (by application of the method of least squares) in the monthly equations, due attention was paid to the relative weights of the values for the even and odd hours. The coefficients are expressed in scale divisions (increasing numbers denoting decrease of force), and the angle 6 counts from midnight at the rate of 15° an hour. For January, AA = + 793d.3 + 3d.77 sin ( 0 + 236° 52') + 6d.56 sin (2 9 + 96° 52') + 3d.99 sin. (3 6 + 282° 13') + 2d.OO sin (49+ 91° ) For February, A4 = + 800d.6 + 5d.50 sin ( 9 + 218° 26') + 4d.57 sin (29 + 102° 29') + 3d.27 sin (3 e + 282° 40') + ld.66 sin (49 + 121° ) For March, A4 = + 805". 7 + 6d.56 sin ( e + 243° 31') + 5d.35 sin (29+114° 14') + 4d.23 sin (39 + 316° 04') + ld.91 sin (49 + 113° ) For April, AA = + 828d.3 + 7d.G5 sin ( 9 + 257° 37') + 9d.55 sin (29+ 123° 06') + 5d.15 sin (39 + 306° 44') + ld.18 sin (49 + 163° ) For May, A* = + 832d.2 + 2d.24 sin ( 9 + 314° 31') + 7d.81 sin (29 + 140° 53') + 4". 40 sin (3 0 + 330° 05') + ld.34 sin (49 + 214° ) For June, A4 = + 856d.8 + 2d.12 sin ( 9 + 356° 03') + 6d.40 sin (29 + 140° 32') + 4d.48 sin (39+ 327° 14') + Od.92 sin (49 + 216° ) For July, AA = + G7Cd.3 + 3d.42 sin ( e + 4° ll') + lld.50 sin (2 9 + 139° 14') + 6d.14 sin (3 o + 330° 15') + Od.78 sin (4 9 + 210° ) For August, A» = + 702d.2 + 5d.32 sin ( 9 + 310° 58') + 10d.37 sin (29 + 153° 46') + 6d.79 sin (39 + 335° 55') + 2d.88 sin (49 + 203° ) For September, A4 = + 724d.6 + 8d.02 sin ( 0 + 271° 57') + 9d.59 sin (29+ 137° 25') + 7d.08 sin (39 + 345° 17') + ld.99 sin (49 + 215° ) For October, A» = + 738*.2 + 8d.06 sin ( 9 + 237° 57') + 6d.40 sin (29+ 123° 37') + ld.34 sin (39 + 325° 20') + 0".29 sin (49+ 174° ) For November, AA = + 738d.5 + 4d.13 sin ( e + 237° 36') + 6d.08 sin (29 + 100° 01') + ld.93 sin (39 + 310° 45') + Od.46 sin (49 + 211° ) For December, AA = + 7C8d. 1 + 5d.03 sin ( o + 212° 48') + 8d.07 sin (29+ 94° 14') + 3".98 sin (3 o + 269° 17') + ld.31 sin (49+ 88° ) We have also: For summer half year (April to September inclusive), for winter half year (October to March inclusive), and for the whole year, the following expressions for the regular solar diurnal variations: — For summer, A4 = + 770d.l + 3d. 7 9 sin ( o + 293° 49') + 9".ll sin (29 + 139° 10') + 5d.36 sin (3 e + 329° 17') + ld.42 sin (4 e + 202° ) For winter, A» = + 774d.l + 5d.36 sin ( 0 + 231° 36') + 6d.04 sin (29 + 104° 46') + 2d.88 sin (3 0 + 293° 54') + ld.ll sin (49+ 108° ) For year, AA = + 772d. 1 + 3d.95 sin ( e + 256° 19') + 7".25 sin (29 + 125° 05') + 3d.96 sin (39 + 317° 31') + Od.86 sin (4 9 + 165° ) The following expressions for January may serve as specimens of the agreement of the result derived from the even and odd hours independently: — From even hours, A» = 793d.3 + 3d.81 sin ( 9 + 238° 01') + 6d.56 sin (2 o + 94° 32') + 4d.10 sin (39 + 280° 19') + 2d.08 sin (4 9+86° ) From odd hours, A» = 7 93d. 4 + 3d.71 sin ( 9 + 234° 35') + 6a.56 sin (29+ 101° 32') + 3d. 7 6 sin (:i 9 + 286° 00') + ld.85 sin (4 9 + 119° ) giving to the first equation the weight 2 and to the second the weight 1, we obtain the equation as given above. 50 DISCUSSION OF THE DIURNAL VARIATION The following comparison will show the agreement of the observed and computed values we have for August: — (A. M.) Computed. Observed. A (P. M.) Computed. Observed. A (VZIJ"' 698.3 698 0 12»21J'" 707.7 708 0 1 " 698.3 699 —1 13 695.1 698 —3 2 " 699.6 699 +1 14 688.4 689 1 3 « 699.7 698 +2 15 888.7 688 +1 4 " 697.6 699 —i 16 692.5 692 0 5 " 694.3 695 —i 17 607.1 696 +1 6 " 694.5 693 +1 18 700.3 701 7 " 701.2 702 —i 19 702.6 703 0 8 " 712.7 714 —i 20 704.5 704 0 9 " 723.6 724 0 21 704.8 703 +2 10 " 7271 726 +1 22 703.3 704 11 " 720.4 718 +2 23 700.6 702 —1 Diagrams C and D exhibit the regular solar-diurnal variation of the horizontal force ; the dots represent the observations directly taken from Table 1 ; the curves give the computed values from the preceding equations. These diagrams also exhibit the general agreement between the observed and computed values. The summer months are represented on diagram C, the winter months on diagram D; their comparison shows plainly the much greater range of the diurnal variation when the sun is north of the equator than when south of it, as was also the case with the magnetic decimation. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 51 Scale (C.)— SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OP THE HORIZONTAL FORCE; APRIL TO SEPTEMBER, 1840 TO 1845. divisions. I* _ 0.0000365 parts of the horizontal foice. Angn«t. September. 23456 7 8 9 10 11 N. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24" Philadelphia mean time. DISCUSSION U F T H E I) I I II N A L V A 111 A T I O X Scale -SolAR-DIURXAL VARIATION OP THE HORIZONTAL FORCE ; OCTOBER TO MARCH, 1840 TO 1845. V = 0.0000365 parts of the horizontal force. October. November. December January. rVbrnary. 1234567 8 9 10 11 N. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24h Philadelphia mean time. Table VI. contains the coefficients Bl B2 B% Z?4 of the general equation: — Ah --= A + Bl sin (0 + (7,) + B2 sin (26+ C2) + Ii3 Kin (3 0 + Cs) + B4 sin (40+ Q expressed in parts of the horizontal force, by multiplying the corresponding quan- tities in the preceding equations with the value of a scale division. The angles (7, C2 C3 C4 will be found in Table VII.; they are the same as given before, increased by 180°, so as to make a corresponding change in the direction of the scale readings; increasing numbers will now indicate increasing force. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 53 The first three decimals (0.000) have been placed in front of the table. TABLE VI MONTH. B, B2 B3 B4 January February March .... 138 202 239 239 lt>7 195 146 119 154 073 060 070 April 279 349 188 043 082 285 161 049 9 077 234 164 034 July o 125 420 224 029 0 194 379 248 105 September .... 295 291 350 234 258 048 073 on November .... December 151 184 222 295 071 145 017 048 138 333 196 052 Winter 19ti 220 1(15 040 Year 144 265 145 031 In Table VII. the same quantities are given in absolute measure ; the first two places of decimals (0.00) are placed at the head of the columns. (Increasing num- bers denote increase of force.) The numerical values of A will be found in con- nection with the discussion of the annual variation of the horizontal force. TABLE YII. MONTH. B, 0.00 c, B2 0.00 c, B3 0.00 C3 B4 0.00 C4 January .... February .... 057 084 100 560 52' 38 26 63 31 100 070 082 2760 52' 282 29 294 14 061 050 064 1020 13' 102 40 136 04 030 025 029 2770 301 293 117 77 37 146 303 06 079 126 44 018 343 034 134 31 119 320 53 067 150 05 020 34 032 176 03 098 320 32 068 147 14 014 36 July 052 184 11 175 319 14 094 150 15 012 30 August September October . November December 081 122 123 063 077 130 58 91 57 57 57 57 36 32 48 158 146 098 093 123 333 46 317 25 303 37 280 01 274 14 104 108 020 029 061 155 55 165 17 145 20 130 45 89 17 044 030 005 007 020 23 35 354 31 2«8 Summer . Winter Year 058 082 060 113 49 51 36 76 19 139 092 111 319 10 284 46 305 05 082 044 060 149 17 113 54 137 31 022 017 013 22 288 345 On diagram E the average value of the diurnal variation throughout the year, together with the summer and winter value, has been represented as resulting from the numerical quantities in the above table. It exhibits the noticeable feature in the annual curve of a greater morning maximum (about 6 A. M.) than afternoon maximum (about 3| P. M.), whereas in the summer curve it is the afternoon maxi- mum which is the greater of the two.1 In the winter season the contrast is more 1 The same is the case at Prague ; in May, June, and July, the afternoon maximum was the greater of the two. Karl Kreil, in vol. VIII. Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of Vienna, 1855: "Resultate aus den magnetischen Beobaclitungen zu Prag." 54 DISCUSSION OF THE DIURNAL VARIATION marked, the morning maximum being considerably greater. These curves also show the gradual shifting of the maxima and minimum to a later hour in winter than in summer, a phenomenon also well exhibited in the preceding diagrams C and D. The numerical values of this change of hours will be given in tabular form further on. The small afternoon minimum about 9 P. M. is less distinctly marked than any other feature of the diurnal curve. (E.) — REGULAR SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCB TOR SUMMER, WINTER, AND WHOLE YEAR. (In absolute measure.) . . Ull^ 55C - X •— \ \ / \ - 510 4G4 419 41 7T71 4.17.r>29 483 \ A \ 327 437 . /£ . 282 391 S r ' "x^ - 23U 346 ^^ If / X, - 190 144 254 \v J 1 ~" 099 209 A _ 3G4 103 ^,^ \\ A • 318 117 417O71 -/ \\ iCNa, - 273 4 17227 \»^ / •^ • — •"** . \ // . 181 13G - 090 V /-& - 044 1 ° 1 1 998 0" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 N'nl 2 3 4 5 0 7 8 9 10 11 12" A. M. P. M. Philadelphia mean time. Table VIII. contains the computed values of the time and amount of the morning maximum and minimum, and of the afternoon maximum. The values for the secondary afternoon minimum are taken from the diagrams. The time of the A. M. maximum and minimum is within the nearest eighth minute ; that of the P. M. maximum within the nearest tenth minute. The time for the P. M. secondary minimum is within the nearest hour. The amount of change of horizontal force is expressed in scale divisions. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 55 TABLE VIII. MONTH. Morning maximum. Morning minimum. Afternoon maximum. Secondary after- noon minimum. Interval A.. M miu to I>. M. max. January . . . February . Jl.'uvh April . . 7h10m 7 15 6 15 6 00 5 50 5 50 5 35 5 55 5 35 5 00 6 00 7 05 — 9"».2 — 9.6 — 9.2 —12.3 — 7.9 — 6.3 — 9.9 — 8.5 —14.9 —12.6 — 9.8 —12.1 ll"50m 11 40 11 30 11 20 10 25 10 30 10 30 10 10 10 20 11 15 11 25 12 05 +15d.7 +12.7 +16.4 +22.5 +15.5 +12.5 +19.3 +24.8 +25.9 +13.7 +11.0 +16.1 4i,10m 4 00 3 20 3 55 3 10 3 20 3 25 2 45 3 05 5 10 5 15 4 35 — 5".3 — 0.9 — 2.3 — 6.6 — 9.8 —10.4 —17.5 —14.2 — 6.7 — 0.1 — 3.0 — 5.1 11" 7 6 9 | 8 9 9 7 9 11 10 +2< +2 +3 +3 +4 +3 +6 +3 —1 +2 +0 +4 4h20m 4 20 3 50 4 35 4 45 4 50 4 55 4 35 4 45 5 55 5 50 4 30 June . . . July . . . August September . . . October November . . December . Summer Winter .... Year . . . 5 50 6 15 5 55 — 9.8 — 9.4 — 9.6 10 30 11 45 11 00 +19.6 +13.9 +15.6 3 25 4 10 3 35 —10.5 — 2.2 — 6.0 20J 21 20| +3 +2 +2.5 4 55 4 25 4 35 The extreme variation in the epoch of the A. M. maximum is therefore 2h 15m; the variation for the A. M. minimum is lh 55m; for the P. M. maximum it is 2h 30m, and for the secondary afternoon minimum between 3 and 4 hours. In all cases, the earlier hours occur in the summer season. Table IX. shows the diurnal range, expressed hi scale divisions, parts of the horizontal force and in absolute measure. In the second column the range between the A. M. maximum and minimum is given; in the third column that between the A. M. minimum and the P. M. maximum. These two amplitudes for A. M., and for A. M. and P. M., are further illustrated in diagram F, which shows the curve to be double crested, with maxima near the time of the equinoxes, and the greater of these near the autumnal equinox. TABLE IX. — AMPLITUDE OF THE DIUKNAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. MONTH. For A. M. For A. M. and P. M. For A. M. For A. M. and P. M. For A. M. For A. M. and P. M. 24*. 9 22.3 25.6 34.8 23.4 18.8 29.2 33.3 40.8 26.3 20.8 28.2 21d.O 13.6 18.7 29.1 25.3 22.9 36.8 39.0 32.6 13.6 14.0 21.2 0.00091 081 093 127 085 069 106 122 149 096 076 0.00103 0.00077 050 068 106 092 084 134 142 119 050 051 077 0.0038 34 39 63 36 29 45 51 62 40 32 0.0043 0.0032 21 29 45 38 35 56 59 50 21 21 0.0032 May July September .... 29.4 23.3 25.2 30.1 16.1 21.6 0.00107 0.00085 0.00092 0.00110 0.00059 0.00079 0.0045 0.0036 0.0038 0.0046 0.0025 0.0033 Winter Year . ... In scale division*. In parts of the horiiontal force. Ln absolute measure. 56 DISCUSSION OF THE DIURNAL V A K I A T ION (K.) — SoLAK-DlUKKAL RAXOB Or THE HORIZONTAL FORCE FOR EACU MoXTU OF TUB YEAR. 1. scale. 0.0060 56 52 48 44 40 36 32 28 24 0.0020 The next table contains the epochs when the mean horizontal force is reached in each day, as computed by the preceding formula?. The diurnal curves intersect the axis of abscissa) four times, of which the table contains only the A. M. and first P. M. intersection: those later in the afternoon and near midnight occur in summer, winter, and whole year at 7 P. M., 5| P. M., and 6| P. M. respectively, and at 11| P. M., 12 P. M., and llf P. M. respectively. TABLE X. — rmNciPAL EPOCHS OF MEAN HORIZONTAL FORCE. MONTH. A. M. P. M. January February March 9" 20'° 9 23 8 42 2>>36» 2 58 2 28 April May June 8 14 7 44 7 47 2 19 0 59 0 48 July August September October 7 57 7 28 7 42 8 08 0 53 0 44 1 29 5 00 November 8 40 3 28 December 9 34 3 03 Summer . 7"4.V» Ih12" Winter . 9 00 3 07 Year 8 14 1 54 The above times are generally correct within two minutes (according to the formulae). The morning hour of average daily horizontal force is less variable in the course of a year than the afternoon hour. The following table contains the computed diurnal variation of the horizontal force. The values have been expressed in absolute measure. It compares directly with Table IV., which contains the observed values. It will be useful for the interpolation of observations, or for their reduction to the mean value of the day from observations taken at irregular hours. The table also forms the basis for the construction of diagram G. OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. 57 TABLE XI. — COMPUTED SOLAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE IN ABSOLUTE MEASURE. The first two places of decimals (0.00) are placed in front of the table. 1840-1845. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" +2H'" July —061 —061 —030 +015 +091 +137 +137 +046 —107 ! —244 —290 —244 August +122 +061 +030 +030 +061 +122 +122 +015 —167 — 33E —381 —274 September +061 +061 +061 +107 + 182 +229 +198 +061 —152 —320 —381 —320 October +046 +091 +122 + 167 +182 +182 +137 +076 —030 —122 —182 —213 November 000 +015 +030 +061 +107 +152 +152 +122 +030 —061 —137 —167 § December —046 000 +030 +061 +091 +137 +167 +182 +122 + 015 —122 —229 d January —030 000 +030 +046 +061 +091 +107 +122 +091 —015 —137 —229 February +030 +061 +076 +076 +091 +107 +137 +152 +137 +015 —107 —182 March +046 +061 +076 +107 +107 +137 +137 +122 +030 —076 —198 —244 April +061 +076 +091 +107 +137 +167 +182 +122 —015 —198 —320 —351 May 000 000 000 +030 +061 +107 +107 +046 —076 —198 —244 —182 June —015 —030 —030 000 +046 +091 +091 +046 —061 —152 —182 —305 1840-1845. 12" 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" +21J- Noon. July —091 +076 +213 +259 +229 + 152 +046 —015 —061 —091 —076 —076 August —091 +107 +213 +198 +152 +076 +030 —015 —030 —046 —015 +015 September —152 —015 +091 +107 +076 +046 +015 000 +030 +030 +046 +076 October —182 —137 —076 —030 —015 000 000 —015 —015 —030 —015 +015 — November —137 —091 —046 000 +030 + 046 +046 +030 +015 000 —015 —015 ^ December —244 —182 —076 +015 +061 + 061 +015 —015 —046 —061 —076 —061 o January —229 —137 —030 +061 +076 +046 +015 —015 —030 —015 —015 —030 February —182 —107 —030 +015 +015 —015 —030 —030 —030 —015 —015 000 March —198 —107 000 +046 +015 —015 —046 —030 +015 +046 +046 +046 April —274 —137 000 +076 +091 +061 +030 000 —030 —030 000 +030 May —076 +046 + 122 +152 + 122 +076 +030 —015 —046 —061 —046 —015 June —046 +061 + 137 +167 + 137 +076 +030 —015 —030 —046 —030 —015 Diagram G exhibits the changes in the horizontal force (in absolute measure) from the monthly normal value for each hour of the day and for each month of the year. The three variables are: the hour of the day, the month of the year, and the difference of the horizontal force from the normal. The contour lines of the magnetic surface differ 0.0005 of horizontal force in absolute m'easure. Full lines indicate greater value, lines of dashes less value than the mean; dotted lines repre- sent the normal value. DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZON T A L C O M P O N H N T I OF T11E IIoEIZOXTAL FORCE FROM ITS NoKMAL VALUE, FOR EACU Hoi'K Of THE L>AY AM) MoliTU OF TUB YICAK. Expressed iu absolute measure. 0.00 (II. 123 A. M. 4567 10 11 N. 1 2 3 4 5 P.M. Philadelphia mean time. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12" Annual Variation of tfte Horizontal Force. — For the discussion of the annual variation we make use of the monthly normal readings of the horizontal force as given in Table II. If m equals the monthly effect of the total progressive change, we obtain from the twelve equations by the usual method the value m = + 15.49, and the correction for progressive change for July and June, for instance, becomes + 5.5 m and — 5.5 in respectively. The following table contains the monthly normals unconnected and corrected for progressive change; also the differences from the mean for each month, constituting the annual variation. OF THE MAGNETIC fOR CE. TABLE XII. Difference**, or annual variation. MONTH. Normals. progressive change. n»rm;iiv 0.000 0.00 July .... 676 3 +85.2 761.5 +10.6 +39 +16 7d2.2 + 69.7 771.9 + 0.2 +01 +00 September 724 ti -f 54.2 778.8 — 6.7 —24 —10 ( Irtoher 738.2 4-38.7 776.9 — 4.8 —17 —07 November 738.5 4-23.2 761.7 (+10.4) (+38) (4-ie) December 768.4 4- 7.7 776.1 — 4.0 —15 —06 .January 793.3 — 7.7 785.6 —13.5 —49 —20 February 800.6 —23.2 777.4 — 5.3 —19 —08 March . 805.7 —38.7 767.0 + 5.1 +19 +08 April 828.3 —54.2 774.1 — 2.0 — 7 —03 May 8322 — G9.7 762.5 + 9.6 +35 +15 June 856.8 —85.2 771.6 + 0.5 +02 +01 Mean .... 772.1 0.0 772.1 In i In ]>;n t> of the In absolute scale divisions, .horizoutal force. measure. i With the exception of the month of November, the values given above for the annual variation are tolerably regular in their progression, and considering the delicacy of the test applied to the observations in deducing the annual variation, this exceptional irregularity in the November value will not affect the general conclusion. We have as the general result: a greater horizontal force in summer (from April to August), and a smaller horizontal force in winter (from September to March) than the average annual value. The maximum occurs in July (at Toronto in June), and the minimum in January (at Toronto in December). For Toronto we have the expression for the annual variation: — 3.531 + 0.002 sin (0 + 312°). For Philadelphia (omitting the November value): 4.176 + 0.001 m'n (0 + 306°); the angle 9 in both equations counting from January 15th. The annual range is 0.0021 (in absolute measure). The transition appears to take place about the time of the equinoxes or a short time before. Table XIII. contains the monthly normal values of the horizontal force in abso- lute measure, obtained by adding (algebraically) 4.1730 to the values in the last column of Table XII. These numbers, it will be observed, are corrected for secular change; if we apply the same we obtain the resulting monthly mean values of the horizontal force answering to the epoch January, 1843. The quantity A, mentioned in the explanatory remarks to Table VII., is given in the last column of Table XIII. 60 DISCUSSION OF THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT, ETC. TABLE ] OIL MONTH. Normals corrected for secular change. Monthly means (affected with secular change). July 4.1746 4.1730 4.1759 4.1740 September October . November December January . February 4.1720 4.1723 4.1746 4.1724 4.1710 4.1722 4 1738 4.1727 4.1728 4.1749 4.1725 4.1709 4.1719 4 1733 April May .... 4.1727 4 1745 4.1720 4 1735 4 1731 4 1718 Mean ..... 4.1730 4.1730 PART VI. INVESTIGATION LUNAR INFLUENCE ON THE MAGNETIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. (61) INVESTIGATION OF THE MOON OX THE MAGNETIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. THE method pursued in the investigation of the lunar effect on the horizontal force is, in general, the same as that explained in Part III. of the discussions of the Girard College observations. The process may be briefly recapitulated as fol- lows : Each horizontal force observation, after it had been corrected for the effect of difference from the standard temperature and for progressive change, the dis- turbed readings being omitted (as fully explained in Part IV.), was marked with its corresponding lunar hour; the observation nearest to the time of the moon's upper transit over the true meridian of the observatory was marked 0\ that nearest to the lower transit was marked l'2\ and the observations between, for western and eastern hour angles of the moon, were marked with the proper lunar hour by inter- polation. In the hourly series where thirteen observations are recorded in twelve lunar hours, that observation which is nearest midway between any two consecutive lunar hours was omitted. Each observation and reduced reading thus marked with its corresponding lunar hour was subtracted from the monthly normal belonging to its respective hour, and these differences wen- set down in tabular form, arranged according to lunar hours and keeping each monthly result separate for future com- bination. Let n = any normal belonging to any reduced reading r, the following tables contain the mean monthly values of the differences n — r; a positive sign, therefore, indicates greater force, a negative sign less force than the normal. It need hardly be repeated that in the original record of the horizontal force increasing numbers denote a decrease of the force. The greatest possible difference is 33, the number of scale divisions, which, according to the criterion, separates a disturbed from an undisturbed observation. For the formation of these differences which amount to more than '2'2,000, the manuscript tables of the reduced record were used: these tables have already been referred to in the preceding Part IV. The units in which the differences » — r are expressed are scale divisions, one division being equal 0.0000:>(>"> parts of the horizontal force, or equal to 0.0001. VJ in absolute measure, the mean A" being = 4.173 (in units of grains and feet). The lunar effect on terrestrial magnetism being exceedingly minute, the pr<>> n required tor its elucidation is proportionally delicate; all the regular and irregular (63) 64 DISCUSSION OF THE INFLUENCE OF THE MOON deviations arising from other sources must first be eliminated. In the method, as indicated above, the magnetic disturbances (as far as they could be recognized as such), the diurnal and annual solar variation, as well as the eleven (or ten) year inequality and secular change, are all eliminated, leaving numbers fitted for the lunar research. The readings taken in the month of June, 1840, have not been used in this discussion (these had likewise been rejected in the two preceding parts), on account of the imperfect manner in which the allowance for the progressive change could only be made at that time. For the lunar hour 21 in July, 1840, the number of differences is so small that the mean had necessarily to be reduced; one-fourth of its amount was set down in the table. In January, February, and March, 1843, the observations were discontinued, excepting a single daily reading. These months, therefore, do not occur in the lunar discussion. The number of observations used are distributed over the several months and years, as shown in the following table. TABLE I. — NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS FOR LUNAR DISCUSSION. MONTH. 1840-1841. 1841-1842. 1842-1843. 1843-1844. 1644-1843. Sum. July 157 235 258 255 245 199 179 238 260 262 • 264 212 297 295 269 281 279 297 298 250 297 271 271 295 284 318 265 257 297 318 286 299 309 294 313 296 *602 603 603 . 621 575 576 586 623 579 627 622 » 556 ' 597 564 559 601 541 601 575 612 522 1659 1783 1644 1992 1988 1976 1699 1604 1734 1980 2069 1917 August September October November December January February March April . May . June . Sum ..... 2764 3400 2633 6271 6977 22045 TABLE II. — DISTRIBUTION OF THE NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS ACCORDING TO WESTERN AND EASTERN HOUR ANGLES OF THE MOON. YEAR. Western hour angles. Enntern hour iuiple« 1840-41 1841-42 1842-43 1843-14 1844-45 1371 1688 1320 3138 3499 139:3 1712 1313 3133 3478 Sum 11016 11029 Tables III., IV., V., VI. and VII. contain the monthly and annual means of the lunar diurnal variation for the years 1840 to 1845. The numbers arc expressed in scale divisions. * Commencement of the hourly series. ON Till: MAliNKTIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. 65 TABLE III. — DIFFERENCES FKO.M THE MONTHLY NORMALS, 1840-41, WESTERN HOUR ANGLES OF THE MOON. 1840-41. 0" Up. cnl. 1" 2" 3" 4" 5'' 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" July August September October November December +2 0 —2 —3 —6 —4 +1 +v —4 0 +3 J + 1 0 —1 +3 —3 +3 +5 +4 +6 —3 —5 +3 +3 + 8 — 1 0 +3 —1 0 +1 +1 +1 0 —9 —5 +1 •fJ —4 -M +3 +6 0 —2 —1 —3 +3 +6 0 0 +1 +2 —7 —3 +3 —2 —8 +4 +7 +2 —4 —4 —5 —7 +3 +4 +3 —1 +2 +4 -1 —4 —5 —4 +4 —5 —8 —2 —7 —1 —1 +5 —17 — 4 + 2 + 1 — 4 — 3 + 1 0 j + 3 — 1 + 8 +12 — 2 — 4 — 7 — 4 0 — 9 — 4 + 8 — 1 — 6 — 1 —4 +2 —7 +7 +1 +3 —4 0 +1 —2 0 +1 —3 +5 +8 +4 +6 —8 0 —2 +3 +1 +2 — 8 — 1 + 4 +10 + 9 + 2 0 — 2 — 1 — 5 — 8 January February March April May June Mean —0.4 +0.5 +1.5 —0.3 —0.1 +0.3 —2.4 — 1.3 — 1.5 —0.2 +1.3 - 0.1 1840-41. 12h Low. cnl. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18» 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" July August September October November December +11 + 7 — 2 —16 — 2 + 6 — 2 — 5 — 4 — 1 + 8 + 8 — 9 + 6 — 1 +14 + 1 + 9 — 4 + 4 0 — 3 — 3 4 —5 +9 +2 —9 —1 +2 +3 —4 —5 +3 0 + « I! + 6 + 4 + 4 +10 — 1 — 7 + 2 — 8 — 3 — 5 +6 +5 +5 —7 —6 —3 +1 —6 —1 —3 0 +7 0 +2 +4 +3 0 +2 1 +5 +4 —4 0 —8 — 2 tl —10 + 1 — 6 + 4 + 1 —10 0 — 2 — 5 — 5 — 3 + 1 — 2 — 1 —12 — 2 + 2 + 2 + 3 + 8 — 7 + 6 +5 —2 —1 +4 —3 —2 +1 —2 —2 +3 0 — 5 —11 — 3 + 6 + 6 — 6 + 1 — 5 — 2 + 2 — 2 — 7 —4 0 —1 —3 +1 +3 +3 +3 +2 +4 —2 +1 — 2 — 2 — 2 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 7 + 4 + 2 + 2 + 2 —11 January February March April May June Mean + 1.0 +0.8 +0.1 + 0.4 —0.2 +0.61 — 2.3 —1.3! +0.6 !— 2.1 +0.6 + 1.2 DISCUSSION OF T1IK INFLUENCE OF Till] .MOON TABLE IV. — DIFFERENCES FROM THE MONTHLY NORMALS, 1841-42, WESTERN HOUR ANGLES OF THE MOON. 1841-42. 0" Up. cul. l» 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10h 11" July August September October November December +4 —1 —3 +7 0 +8 —2 —5 +4 0 0 +1 +5 0 +8 +6 —4 +8 +1 +3 0 —2 0 0 — 2 ts — 3 + 12 + 2 + 2 + 1 +10 + 3 +8 +2 +4 +1 —2 +2 —3 —1 0 +1 0 —4 +2 0 0 —7 —1 1 +4 +2 0 +5 +4 0 +3 —1 +1 0 —3 +7 +2 —1 +4 +4 —3 0 +3 — 5 ^ —3 +2 0 +4 +2 +1 +6 —1 —2 0 —3 +4 —3 +3 —7 0 +3 —4 —3 0 —5 +1 +1 +6 —2 —2 —5 —1 +2 + 5 —5 —8 0 0 —2 +3 +1 +5 —1 —7 ——y +2 + 1 —3 0 +1 —3 + 5 0 —2 0 —3 0 0 + 5 +10 + 1 + 3 0 0 + 2 — 3 + 1 — 4 — 3 January February March April May June Meau +1.1 +2.0 + 2.5 +0.9 +0.3 +1.1 +0.7 —1.1 —0.4 —1.3 —0.2 + 1.0 1841-42. 12" Low. cul. 13» 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" July August September October November December +3 +1 +3' +3 1 —1 +4 +7 —2 +1 0 —4 —5 +3 +2 —1 +4 0 —2 +1 +3 +1 —5 —2 +3 0 +2 —3 +3 —1 —2 +1 —2 +3 —3 —4 + 5 +2 —6 —5 —6 +2 —4 —2 0 —3 —3 +2 +1 +1 +5 —1 —4 —1 —3 —6 +1 +4 0 —1 —5 —1 —3 —5 —3 —5 0 —1 1 —6 +2 —8 I —5 +7 +1 —3 —8 0 —3 +6 +2 —4 +3 —2 —3 —2 +1 —3 +6 —2 +2 —4 +6 +1 —4 +1 —1 0 +1 +5 —7 —1 —5 0 + 6 —1 —3 +4 —3 —3 +1 0 % —3 +3 —2 I —5 —5 —1 —4 +6 —3 +3 —6 —2 +4 +2 +3 +6 +1 3 +1 +2 +2 ^ +1 +2 +4 January February March April May June Mean +1.2 —o.i ; —0.2 —1.5 —0.6 —2.4 —1.1 —0.2 —0.3 —0.3 —1.0 + 1.4 ON THE MAGNETIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. 67 TABLE V. — DIFFERENCES FROM THE MONTHLY NORMALS, 1842-43, WESTERN HOUR ANGLES OF THE MOON. 1842-43. 0" i Hp. cnl. 1" 2ii 311 4h 5h 6" 7" 8" 9L 10" ll" July August September October November December +3 +3 + 3 +2 +1 —2 —3 + 1 —6 —7 +3 —3 +2 —3 —1 0 —1 —6 — 1 0 + 9 + 1 + 2 + 1 +1 +4 —6 + 1 —5 0 4 —1 +3 *} +7 —3 +7 0 —2 +2 +4 +1 +3 —2 0 0 +2 0 —3 —2 +1 —4 + 1 + 2 +5 —1 + 1 +1 — 3 —3 —4 + 5 —8 +3 0 +2 +1 0 January February March April May June —1 +3 —6 +2 —2 + 7 0 +2 —4 + 10 + 5 +4 +3 0 +9 +4 +2 —1 —1 0 +1 +9 —3 —1 —5 —1 + 1 +4 +1 —6 1 —4 43 +3 Mean +0.7 —0.9 —1.0 + 2.9 +0.1 +1.6 +0.7 +1.9 —1.2 +0.7 —1.0 0.0 1842-43. 12" Low. cul. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" July xAugust September October November December +1 —2 +6 —7 —2 +3 +1 +1 —3 —2 +3 +4 +1 —1 +2 +2 —2 +2 —8 —1 —3 +1 +4 +2 —3 s +3 —3 —4 —1 0 +4 0 —4 + 3 —4 —1 —1 +1 1 —5 —1 +4 +6 +2 0 —1 —2 +4 0 —2 —2 +2 —7 —3 +1 +4 + 3 -1 + 2 -2 + 1 —6 +11 j +3 + 1 ! +2 — 3 +3 January February March April May June +2 0 0 —2 +1 +3 +3 +4 +2 0 +4 0 1 ±2 —2 —4 + 2 —5 —3 —3 0 1 —3 —3 —1 +2 —2 —1 +1 +1 —7 —1 —2 +4 Mean +O.li 40.1 +1.4 1 —0.6 +0.8 —0.9 —1.9 +0.1 —0.3 1 —0.8 +0.9 0.0 68 DISCUSSION OF THE INFLUENCE OF T 11 E MOON TABLE VI. — DIFFERENCES FROM THE MONTHLY NORMALS, 1843-44, WESTERN HOUR ANGLES OF THE MOON. 1843-44. 0" Up. cut. 1" 2" 3" 4" 5h 6h 7" 8h 9" 10" llh July August September October November December + « +2 + 1 —1 +1 + 2 +1 — 1 —1 +2 —2 0 44 +2 —1 +4 +1 + 1 0 1 —1 —3 +2 —2 —2 +2 0 —3 +3 0 +2 0 + 1 +1 +3 0 0 +4 —1 +6 + 5 0 0 0 +2 +1 +2 —1 0 + 5 +2 0 +2 0 0 —1 +1 +1 0 —2 + 2 —4 + 1 —2 +3 0 —2 —1 1 + 1 0 0 +2 +3 —3 —1 +2 0 —1 +1 0 +2 +1 —1 +2 + 1 +4 —4 + 1 —2 —1 + 1 0 +2 -LI —l + 2 +1 0 —1 0 0 —1 +1 +3 0 —1 —2 +1 2 —1 0 —2 0 —2 0 0 +2 —2 —1 —1 —5 —2 —2 —1 + 1 + 1 —1 1 +1 —3 0 * —2 —2 o 0 —3 + 1 1 0 +2 +1 —2 —1 0 January February March April May June Mean +0.9 +0.4 +0.8 +1.5 +0.9 —0.8 +0.4 +0.3 +0.1 -0.8 —1.2 —0.6 1843-44. 12" Low. cul 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18h 19" 20" 21» 22" 23" July August September October November December —2 +4 +3 —3 +1 0 +1 +2 +1 —4 0 0 —7 0 0 —4 +2 + 1 +2 +1 0 0 0 +2 —2 +2 +3 —2 +2 + 1 —1 +1 —1 0 —2 + 1 —3 —1 +3 +2 0 I +2 0 0 0 +3 +3 —2 +8 —2 +2 +1 —1 +2 0 +2 0 +2 j 0 +2 0 0 —1 —2 —3 0 0 —2 0 +4 +2 —6 0 —1 —3 0 —2 —1 0 —3 —1 —2 | 3 ±1 +1 +1 0 +1 +1 -1 -\ +1 —2 -o +0 —1 —2 —3 +1 —1 —3 + 2 —1 —1 0 +1 —1 +2 +4 —2 —2 0 —2 +1 —1 +1 —1 + 2 —2 +2 0 0 —1 —1 0 +2 —2 —3 0 +1 0 January February March April May June Mean +0.3 —0.2 +0.2 +0.3 +1.3 —0.6 —0.9 —0.7 —0.9 —0.8 0.0 —0.2 Equal weight has been given to each monthly result in the formation of the annual mean. OX Tlin MA (INK TIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. Gi) TAHI.E VII. — DIFFERENCES FROM THE MONTHLY NORMALS, 1844-45, WESTERN HOUR ANGLES op THE MOON. 1844^5. 0" I'p. ml. 1* 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" July August September October November December 0 —3 —2 0 —1 —1 +1 4-1 4-1 —4 4-2 -5 4-1 4-1 0 4-4 +3 (i 4-2 4-1 —3 4-2 0 —4 + 1 —1 —1 + 5 4-1 4-4 0 —3 4-2 4-2 O 4-1 0 0 4-2 4-2 0 —2 0 —3 4-2 4-2 —1 0 4-2 —2 4-3 4-1 —2 —3 4-1 0 0 0 o 4-1 (1 +2 4-4 4-3 —3 —4 4-1 0 4-2 —2 4-3 +2 4-1 0 4-2 4-3 —3 —1 4-1 4-1 0 0 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-3 0 4-3 —2 —3 4-2 41 4-2 —1 4-1 0 $ 0 +3 —1 0 —1 0 —2 —2 +1 +1 —3 4-2 -t-i 4-3 —1 —1 —2 4-1 —2 —2 0 0 —2 4-2 —3 4-2 4-1 4-4 0 41 —i ±\ —2 +1 44 0 —1 — 1 42 + 4 0 — 1 0 —4 January February March April May June Mean —0.9 +0.6 +0.5 +0.3 0.0 +0.6 +0.6 +0.9 +0.1 —0.3 0.0 + 0.2 1844-45. 12" Low. cnl. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" July A .must September October November December 0 +3 4-2 +1 + 1 4-4 4-1 4-1 —2 +1 +1 0 4-2 4-3 4-2 —4 0 0 4-2 4-2 4-1 —2 —1 +1 4-3 4-1 4-1 0 —i 4-2 4-1 —i 0 —2 4-1 0 —1 4-1 4-2 —2 4-2 —1 —1 0 0 —2 4-2 —1 0 —1 0 0 0 —5 —3 4-4 4-1 —2 —1 0 —2 —2 —2 0 4-2 —4 —1 4-3 4-1 0 4-4 0 0 —3 —2 —3 4-2 —4 —2 4-2 4-3 —1 4-4 0 0 —3 —4 —2 +1 —4 —1 4-1 —l 0 + 3 —2 —3 —4 —4 —1 0 0 —5 —3 —3 +1 4-2 —2 —3 —3 —5 4-1 4-3 4-2 —1 —2 —4 —3 4-2 —2 0 —4 0 —4 + 2 4-1 —i —i —3 0 0 —3 2 —4 —2 —3 0 4-2 —1 —3 —4 42 1 — 1.0 January February March April May June Mean +1.0 +0.4 +0.5 0.0 —0.7 —0.1 —0.3 —0.8 —1.8 —1.2 —1.0 TABLE VIII. — RECAPITULATION OP THE ANNUAL MEANS EXHIBITING THE LUNAR-DIURNAL VARIATION, FROM 22,045 OBSERVATIONS BETWEEN 1840 AND 1845, EXPRESSED IN SCALE DIVISIONS. July to July. 0" I'p. ml. 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" 1840-41 1841-42 1842-43 1843-44 1844-45 —0.4 4-1-1 +0.7 +0.0 —0.9 +0.5 +2.0 — 0.9 +0.4 +0.6 +1.5 +2.5 —1.0 +0.8 +0.5 —0.3 +0.9 +2.9 +1.5 +0.3 —0.1 +0.3 +0.1 + 0.9 0.0 +0.3 +1.1 +1.6 —0.3 +0.6 —2.4 +0.7 +0.7 +0.4 +0.6 —1.3 —1.1 +1.9 +0.3 +0.9 —1.5 —0.4 —1.2 +0.1 +0.1 —0.2 —1.3 +0.7 —0.8 —0.3 +1.3 —0.2 —1.0 —1.2 0.0 —0.1 + 1.0 0.0 —0.6 +0.2 HMM +0.3 +0.5 +0.9 +1.1 +0.2 +0.7 0.0 +0.1 —0.6 —0.4 —0.2 i +0.1 July to July. 12" Low. cnl. 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" +1.2 + 1.4 00 —0.2 —1.6 1840-41 1811-42 1842-43 1843-44 1844-45 + 1.0 +1.2 +0.1 + 0.3 +1.0 + 0.8 —0.1 +0.1 —0.2 +0.4 +0.1 —0.2 + 1.4 +0.2 +0.5 +0.4 —1.5 —0.6 +0.3 0.0 —0.2 —0.8 +0.8 +1.3 —0.7 +0.6 —2.4 —0.9 —0.6 —0.1 —2.3 —1.1 —1.9 —0.9 —0.3 —1.3 —0.2 +0.1 —0.7 —0.8 +0.6 —0.3 —0.3 —0.9 —1.8 —2.1 —0.3 —0.8 —0.8 —1.2 + 0.6 —1.0 + 0.9 0.0 —1.0 Mean +0.7 + 0.2 +0.4 —0.3 + 0.1 —0.7 —1.3 —0.6 —0.5 —1.0 —0.1 +0.2 70 DISCUSSION OF T II H I N K L T K N (' !•: OF THE MOON If AVC give Aveight to the annual means according to the number of observations, they Avould be; one for the first and second year, three-fourths for the third year, one and three-fourths for the next year, and tAvo for the last year: a general exam- ination, hoAvever, shoAVS that, owing to the disturbing effect of the progressive change, the monthly means are very nearly of equal A'alue, derived either from the In-hourly or the hourly series. It Avill also be shown in the sequel that the lunar diurnal variation is nearly the same in. the summer and Avinter seasons; the means of Table V. and the final means of Table VIII. have therefore been adopted with- out reference to combinations or AA'cights. A comparison of the values of Table VIII. among themselves shows them to be very irregular, although derived from many thousand obserA'ations ; afiA'e year scries of observations seems barely sufficient to exhibit a tolerably regular progression. In the folloAving table tAvo groups have been formed, one of results from three years, 1840 to 1843, comprising 8,797 observations, the other from the remaining tAvo years comprising 13,248 observations. From these it appears that the lunar diurnal variation during these tAvo periods exhibits the same general character. LUNAR-DlURNAL VARIATION DURING THE PERIODS 1840-43 AND 1843-45. Groups. 0" 1" 2" 3" 4" 5" G" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" 184(1-43 1843-45 +0.5 0.0 +0.5 +0.5 +1.0 +0.7 + 1.2 +0.9 +0.1 +0.4 + 1.0 +0.3 —0.3 +0.5 —0.2 +0.6 —1.0 +0.1 —0.3 —0.6 0.0 —0.6 +0.3 —0.2 Oroups. 12h 13" 14" 15" 1G" 17" 18" 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" 1840-43 1843-45 +0.8 +0.7 +0.3 , +0.4 + 0.1 +0.4 —0.6 +0.2 0.0 +0.3 —0.9 —0.4 —1.8 —0.5 — 0.6 — 0.7 0.0 —1.3 —1.2 —1.0 + 0.2 —0.5 + 0.9 —0.9 Before proceeding to the analysis of the final result of Table VIII. the separate results have been combined into summer and winter groups ; the first group com- prising the months from April to September, the second group the months from October to March. Table IX. exhibits the lunar diurnal variation of the horizontal force during the summer and winter seasons. ON TILE MAGNETIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. 71 TABLK IX. — LUNAR-DIURNAL VARIATION IN SUMMER. (In scale divisions.) Apr. to Sept. 0" Up. cul. 1" 2" 3" 4" 5h 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" —3.2 +1.5 —0.5 —1.2 —0.3 1840-41 1841-42 1S42^3 1843-44 1844-45 +0.7 +0.2 +0.8 +1.5 —2.0 — 0.9 +1.8 —0.2 + 0.5 0.0 +2.7 +2.3 —0.7 +0.3 0.0 —3.2 + 1.7 +3.6 +1-7 +0.7 +0.5 +1.2 + 1.8 + 1.2 0.0 +1-7 + 1.2 + 1.7 —0.5 +1.0 —1.1 +0.7 + 1.5 +0.2 +0.7 —1.5 —0.3 —1.5 —0.3 +2.7 —1.2 +0.5 —0.3 +1.7 0.0 —1.7 ' +2.0 —3.5 —0.5 +0.5 —1.2 —1.2 —2.3 —0.7 —0.8 Mcuu +0.2 +0.2 +0.9 +0.9 +0.9 + 1.0 +0.4 + 0.4 —0.4 —1.3 —0.6 —0.7 13» 13" I4h 15" 16" 17h 18" • 19" 20" 21" 22" 23" 1S4H-41 1841-42 1-42-43 1843-44 1844-45 + 5.8 +0.7 + 1.2 +0.2 +0.8 —2.3 —1.0 +0.5 —0.8 +0.5 +2.5 +0.2 +1.7 +0.3 +0.7 —1.2 —0.5 —0.3 +0.3 0.0 +3.2 +2.0 +0.3 +2.2 —0.7 —1.0 —2.0 -2.0 —0.2 +0.2 —1.3 —1.5 —2.7 —0.7 +0.5 —0.5 +0.2 —1.8 0.0 —0.2 + 1-7 —0.2 —0.8 —0.5 —1.5 —4.3 —0.3 —1.5 —1.0 —2.2 —0.3 —1.2 —0.2 + 0.5 —1.5 —2.2 +2.5 —1.3 + 0.5 —2.0 Mean +1.7 — 0.6 +1.1 —0.3 +1.4 —1.0 —1.1 —0.5 —0.3 —1.9 —0.5 —0.5 LUNAR-DlURNAL VARIATION IN WINTER. (In scale divisions.) Oct. to Mar. 0" Up. cul. 1" 2" 3" 4" • 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 11" 1840-41 1841-12 1842-43 1843-44 1844-45 — 1.5 +2.0 +0.3 +0.2 +0.2 +1.8 +2.2 —2.3 +0.3 + 1.2 +0.3 +2.7 —2.3 +1.2 +1.0 +2.5 +0.2 +1.3 +1.3 —0.2 —0.7 —0.5 —3.3 +0.5 0.0 —1.0 +1.0 1.3 +0.0 +0.2 —3.7 +0.7 —1.0 +0.7 +0.5 —1.0 —0.7 +0.3 +0.2 +0.2 —2.7 —0.5 —1.3 +0.5 +0.2 +1.3 +0.8 +1.0 —0.3 +0.2 +0.5 +0.2 —0.7 0.0 +0.8 +3.0 +0.5 +1.0 0.0 +0.7 Mean +0.2 +0.6 +0.6 +1.0 —0.8 +0.3 —0.6 —0.2 —0.8 +0.6 +0.2 +1.0 12" 13" 14" 15" 16" 17" 18" 19* 20" 21" 22" 23" 1840-41 1841-42 1842-43 1843-44 1844-45 —3.8 +1.7 —2.0 +0.3 +1.2 +4.0 +0.8 —0.7 +0.3 +0.3 —2.3 —0.7 +1.0 0.0 +0.3 +2.0 —2.5 —1.0 +0.3 0.0 —3.7 —3.2 +1-7 +0.3 —0.7 +2.2 —2.8 +1.3 —1.0 —0.3 —3.3 —0.7 —0.3 —1.2 —1.2 —2.2 —0.5 +4.0 —1.3 —1.5 —0.5 —0.5 +0.7 —1.3 —2.2 0.0 —0.3 +0.7 —0.5 —0.3 +1.5 —0.8 +3.0 —0.5 —0.7 +4.7 +0.3 +2.3 —0.8 —1.2 Mean —0.5 +0.9 —0.3 —0.2 —1.1 —0.1 —1.3 —0.3 —0.8 —0.1 +0.5 +1.1 The results arc exhibited in the annexed diagram. The number of observations (about 11,000 for each group) is evidently too small to eliminate the greater irregu- larities. 72 DISCUSSION OF THE I X F I. F K N (' K OK T II K MOON (A.) +1.5 +1.0 +0.5 a 0 — 0.5 — LuXAR-DlCRXAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL FORCE IN Sl'MMKK AM) \V INTER. I 1 1 r~ —2.0 \ 0" 1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24h U. C. (Western hour angles of the moon.) L. C. (Eastern hour angles of the rnoou.) U. C. -- summer deflection. - ...... winter deflection. If there is any marked difference in the lunar diurnal variation in the summer and winter season, the summer range is slightly greater than the winter range; as to the epoch, there is no doubt that in winter the lunar maxima and minima are earlier than in summer. It is a remarkable fact that we have found the same fea- tures in the lunar effect on the declination, viz., a greater amplitude in summer and an earlier occurrence of the maxima and minima in winter; the amount of the shifting of the two curves appears to be nearly the same. From the ten year series of observations at Prague (1840-49) Mr. Karl Kreil found a larger lunar effect in the summer months than in the winter months. Recurring to the final values of the lunar-diurnal variation of the horizontal force, as given in Table VIII., they can be represented by the usual Bcsselian form of periodic functions. The angle 6 counts from the moon's upper culmination westward at the rate of 15° to an hour; a + sign indicated greater, a — sign, less force than the average normal. The observed values are represented by the following expression: — HZ = — 0.01 + 0.40 ain (6 + 13° 29') + 0.60 sin (26 + 38° 43') + 0.155 sin (3 6 + 244° 31'). The three coefficients arc expressed in scale divisions; if expressed in parts of the horizontal force the equation may be written as follows: (M signifies millionth parts of the force.) MM M M //c = _ ().3f> + U.60 sin (0 + 13°.o) + 21.90 .sin (2 0 + 38°. 7) + 5.64 sin (3 0 + If expressed in absolute measure and if n = number of hours after the upper cul- mination, it may be written MM M M — 1.5 + 61.0 ain (15 n + 13°.5) + 91.5 ain (30 n + 39°) + 23.6 sin (45 n + 244°.5.) ON THE MAGNETIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. 73 The curve is double-crested and is exhibited, together with the observed values, in the annexed diagram. It presents two maxima and two minima, which are found from the equation ^= - 0 = + 0.40 cos (6 + 13°) + 1.20 cos (2 0 + 39°) + 0.45 cos (30 + 245°). The lunar effect on the declination we have found likewise to present two maxima and two minima. (Sec Part III. of the discussion.) (B.) — LUNAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OF THE HORIZONTAL FoRCE OBSERVED AND COMPUTED. +1.5 + 1.0 +0.5 m I °'° *53 '•5 —0.5 j» "3 =c —1.0 —1.5 —2.0 23456 7 Wo find 0" 1 U. C. L. C. Principal maximum 2h 52m after Upper Culmination 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 lli 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24" D. C. + 0.87 scale divisions. Secondary " 17" Lower Principal minimum 6 41 " " Secondary " 8 19 " Upper + 0.51 — 0.87 — 0.45 The epoch of the horizontal force tide for the high values is nearly 2 hours after the culminations, and for the low values it is 7| hours after the same phases. For Makerstoun, in Scotland, at General Sir Thomas M. Brisbane's observatory, in 1843-46, Mr. J. A. Broun found (Trans. Eoyal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. XIX. p. 11, 1849) the smaller maximum of the horizontal force 2 hours after upper culmination, the greater maximum 1| hours after the lower culmination, the smaller minimum 8 hours after the upper culmination, and the greater minimum 9 hours after the lower culmination. At Prague all extremes appear from 2 to 3 hours later. Mr. Karl Kreil (Dcnk- schriften of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, at Vienna, Vol. V. 1853), found from the ten year series at Prague (1840 — 49) maxima of horizontal force between four and five hours after the upper and lower culminations, the latter being the greater of the two ; and minima between ten and eleven hours after the same epoch, that after the upper culmination being the greater of the two. From the Toronto observations, continued for five years, Major-Gencral Sabine deduced the formula (see Vol. III. of the Toronto Magnetical and Meteorological Observations, London, 1857). A,. - + 0.05 + 0.215 ein (n + 353°.6) + 0.3324 sin (2 a + 13°.5). 10 74 DISCUSSION OF THE INFLUENCE OF THE MOON The coefficients are in decimals of scale divisions (1 div. — 0.000087) parts of the horizontal force) ; the angle a counts from the superior culmination, giving a curve of which the general features are in exact accordance with those deduced from the Philadelphia observations, viz : a principal maximum after Upper Culmination, fol- lowed by the secondary minimum ; the secondary maximum after the Lower Cul- mination, followed by a principal minimum. The times and amount of these values are compared in the following Table X. TABLE X. — COMPARISON or THE LUNAR-DIURNAL VARIATION OP THE HORIZONTAL COMPONENT OF THE MAGNETIC FORCE AS DEDUCED FROM 22,045 OBSERVATIONS BETWEEN 1840 AND 1845 AT PHILADELPHIA, AND AS DEDUCED FROM 34,303 OBSERVATIONS BETWEEN 1844 AND 1848 (A FIVE YEAR SERIES) AT TORONTO, CANADA. Philadelphia. Toronto. 2h.9 after up. cul. 8 3 " " 1.1 " low. cul. 6.7 " " 3h after up. cul. 9 " " 2 " low. cul. 8" " " In parts of horizontal force. +0.000032 —0.000016 +0.000019 —0.000032 +0.000046 —0.000010 +0.000024 —0.000041 In absolute measure. +0.000133 —0.000068 +0.000078 —0.000133 Probable error of any single representation of the Philadelphia values = + Od.25 = +_ 0.000009 parts of the horizontal force = + 0.000038 in absolute measure. Investigation of the Horizontal Force in Reference to the Lunar Phases. — The fol- lowing process of reduction has been adopted : After marking the days of the full and new moon, and also the days preceding and following, the daily means of the horizontal force readings were taken (already corrected for difference of tempera- ture and progressive change.) In the place of any disturbed observation, the monthly normal, belonging to the respective hour, was substituted before taking the daily mean. All accidental omissions in the record of the hourly or bi-hourly series were supplied by the hourly normal of the month. The means thus obtained are independent of the solar diurnal variation. The monthly normal was next compared with each daily mean and the differences (normal minus mean) were tabulated. A positive sign signifies a greater ; a negative sign, a less force than the normal value. As the results deduced from a single year are yet too much affected by the incidental irregularities of the observations, the collective results from the five year series (1840-45) are herewith presented. ON THE MAGNETIC HORIZONTAL FORCE. 75 TABLE XI. — INFLUENCE OF THE LUNAR PHASES ON THE HORIZONTAL FORCE. Scale divisions. Parts of the hor. force. In absolute measure. —1.0 —1.5 —0.2 +0.0 +2.4 +0.9 3.9 —0.00003(5 — 0.000055 —0.000007 +o.onoono +0.000091 + 0.000033 0.000146 —0.00015 —0.00023 —0.00003 +0.00000 +0.00038 +0.00014 O.OOOG1 The average number of observations from which any one of the above six means were deduced, is over 800, and the probable error, in scale divisions, of any one of the results is +_ 0.7 (nearly). From the Makerstoun observations, Broun found for the years 1843-46, a minimum at the time of the full moon, and a maximum at the time of the new moon; Kreil, from the Prague observations, between 1843-46, found the same result, all in accordance with the Philadelphia results, as given above. It must be remarked, however, that after the year 1848, Kreil found that the signs were reversed and consequently it appears that the lunar influence on the horizontal force is subject to a cycle of short perjod. This last remark does not apply to the effect of the moon's declination and variations in distance. Influence of the Moon's Changes of Declination on the Horizontal Force. — The method of investigation is precisely the same as that adopted for the phases. We find :— TABLE XII. One day before the greatest north declination On the day of " " " " One day after " " " " Two days after " " " " Scale divisions. +0.8 +0.6 +2.2 +0.9 ;- Mean +1.1. On the day of the moon's crossing the equator —1.2 Probable error of any one result 40.9. One day before the greatest south declination On the day of " " " " One day after " " " " Two days after " " " —3.4 —0.9 +0.9 +1.0 > Mean — 0.6. It seems probable that the greatest effect takes place rather a day after than on the day of the moon's greatest declination. Taking means, as indicated in the above table, we find about the time of the maximum north declination an increase of horizontal force of 1.1 scale divisions (or 0.000040 parts of the horizontal force) ; at the time of the moon's crossing the equator the force is decreased 1.2 scale divi- sions (or 0.000044 parts of the horizontal force) ; the horizontal force also appears decreased about the time of the moon's greatest south declination ; the amount is about half that of the other two cases, and is somewhat doubtful, from an fipparcntly excessive value on the preceding day. 76 DISCUSSION OF THE INFLUENCE OF T II E M O O N According to Broun, there is at Makerstoun a maximum horizontal force at the time of the moon's greatest north and south declination, with a minimum force at the time of her crossing the equator; in two cases, therefore, viz: for north decli- nation and no declination, the Makerstoun and Philadelphia results agree; while in the third case they disagree or remain doubtful. Kreil's results, from the Prague observations, do not appear to me sufficiently decisive and regular to admit of com- parison. Influence of the Moon's Variation in Distance on ilic. Horizontal Force. — By a process of reduction similar to that followed in the preceding investigation we find:— TABLE XIII. Scale ilivisiuu.-. —1.5 —1.9 —2.0 +2.3 +2.3 +2.7 1 ! ». d. Mean —1.8. Mean —2.4. On the day of " ...... One day after " The probable error of any one result is about the same as in the preceding re- sults (Tables XI. and XII.). The results for variation in the moon's distance are more consistent and satisfactory than those depending on the phases and declination changes. The lunar effect is to diminish the horizontal force by its 0.000066 part in perigee, and to increase it by its 0.000088 part when she is in apogee. The Prague results are the same, viz: a greater horizontal force at and after the moon's apogee than at and after her perigee ; a three years' series of observations at Milan, however, do not agree therewith. In no branch of magnetic research would additional results from independent observations, particularly at stations widely apart, be more acceptable and valuable than in the study of the lunar effect in its various manifestations. PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, WASHINGTON CITY, NOVEMBER, 1 S 6 2 . I